Home

Avaya Configuring IPX Services User's Manual

1. IPX0006A IPX Multipath Routing Equal Least Cost Routes Because of the round robin algorithm IPX packets that belong to the same data stream may require resequencing at their final destination Therefore higher layer protocols such as SPX must be used on both source and destination IPX routers to provide packet resequencing To derive maximum benefit from this feature the source and destination nodes should support burst mode operation 303531 A Rev 00 1 9 Configuring IPX Services Load Redistribution and Rerouting If a router with multipath enabled detects a failure it temporarily redistributes the IPX traffic among the remaining active original least cost routes When the router learns through RIP packets of the existence of an alternative least cost route or when the failed route recovers IPX multipath resumes its original IPX traffic distribution Multipath Route Precedence Priority The multipath mechanism generally uses the best path first However when two equal cost paths exist multipath uses the following priority scheme for route selection 1 Direct routes paths to other routers on a segment directly attached to the local router 2 Routes learned via RIP 3 Statically configured routes Multipath Configurations You can establish equal cost multipath routes over LAN or WAN segments to support IPX traffic between routers and between routers
2. R2 L Interface 3 Tick Delay 6 ES 1 Interface 1 E82 R1 Tick Delay 3 R3 Network A O El JL Network B E Z A Interface 2 Tick Delay 12 IPX server Figure 6 2 IPX0003A IPX Interface Cost You can set the cost number of ticks or hops for an interface The cost is added to route information learned on this interface through RIP and is included in subsequent RIP packets sent to other interfaces IPX discards the packet when its hop count exceeds a value that is one less than the maximum number of hops The cost value must be the same across the network For all non WAN and HSSI interfaces the default value translates into a tick cost of 1 in the routing table For all WAN interfaces the default value translates into a tick cost of 6 in the routing table Note Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 6 36 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using the BCC To specify the routing cost for an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter cost integer in
3. Network B Drop outbound SAP updates pertaining to Server B Server A and Server B IPX0013A Figure 6 7 IPX SAP Filters Prohibiting SAP Broadcasts Using the BCC To specify a value for the SAP update interval navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter update interval seconds seconds is from 0 to 2 678 400 seconds For example to set the update interval to 10 000 seconds enter sap 00023456 update interval 10000 To disable immediate updates navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter triggered update disabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 73 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To reduce traffic and disable immediate updates complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Update Interval sec Immediate Update Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on pages B 43 and B 46 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the following parameters 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Note Broadcast mechanisms such as periodic RIP and SAP
4. Using Site Manager To enable or disable SAP advertising via the default route complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Choose Advanced The Edit Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the SAP Via Default Route parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 20 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Enabling SAP Listen and Supply Functions You can enable the listen and supply modes for each IPX SAP interface on the router When you enable the listen mode the IPX router listens for SAP periodic and triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received SAP service information to its internal SAP services table 303531 A Rev 00 6 61 Configuring IPX Services When you enable the supply function the IPX router transmits all SAP periodic and triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks When you enable both the listen and supply modes the IPX router performs both the listen and supply mode functions By default the IPX router learns routes ands transmits updates to routers in adjacent networks Using the BCC To specify that IPX not transmit periodic or triggered SAP updates navigate to the IPX S
5. Adjusting the SAP Packet Size By default the size of a SAP update packet is 480 bytes You should accept the default SAP packet size unless you have a reason for specifying a different size packet If you must change the packet size the packet size plus the IPX header 30 bytes cannot exceed the MTU of the link Using the BCC To specify the the SAP update packet size navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter packet size bytes bytes is the size of the SAP packet For example to set the IPX SAP update packet size to 500 enter sap 00023456 packet size 500 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the packet size complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Packet Size parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 44 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Responding to SAP GNS Requests You can specify whether you want the router to respond to SAP get_nearest_server GNS requests By default the router responds to SAP get_nearest_server requests If you d
6. B 66 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters Route Filter Configuration Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Route Filter Configuration window Figure B 17 IPX Route Filter Configuration Cancel OK Values Help Target Network hex 0x00000004 Target Network Mask hex OxFFFFFFFF Figure B 17 IPX Route Filter Configuration Window Parameter Target Network hex Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter gt Add Default None Options Any valid NetWare address in hexadecimal format Function Identifies the network on which you want to apply the filter Instructions Enter the address of the target network in hexadecimal format Using a mask you can make this stand for a single filter ID or for a range of IDs with similar addresses You can select all addresses by entering the wildcard value OxFFFFFFFF MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 6 303531 A Rev 00 B 67 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Target Network Mask hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter gt Add None 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF Specifies the mask that you want to apply Enter 8 hexadecimal characters The character
7. aging frequency Description Legal values Default value Specifies how frequently in seconds that IPX checks to see whether any routes have timed out lt unsigned integer gt 10 default route Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the router to use the default route OxFFFFFFFE for IPX routing enabled disabled enabled destination count Description Legal values Default value Specifies the maximum number of destinations networks that you expect the router to learn lt unsigned integer gt 0 gns response Description Legal values Default value Determines which server to choose when responding to a get_nearest_server request alphabetical last learned alphabetical hops Description Legal values Default value Specifies the maximum number of hops an IPX packet may take to reach its destination lt unsigned integer gt 16 continued 303531 A Rev 00 Table A 1 BCC IPX Parameters IPX Global Parameters continued host address Description Specifies the value the router uses as a host address for all IPX interfaces If left empty the router uses the backplane serial number as the host address for all interfaces circuits Legal values lt octet string length 6 fill left gt Default value lt not_set gt host count Description Indicates the maximum next hop hosts that you expect
8. 6 140 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To apply the service name filter to inbound or outbound packets or both complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens Set the Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 86 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Protocol When you send SAP updates you can apply this outbound filter only to services learned on the specified protocol This feature does not apply to inbound services By default the outbound filter applies to any protocol You can accept the default any protocol or specify that it apply to local static or SAP protocols 303531 A Rev 00 6 141 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To apply an outbound filter to services learned on a specified protocol navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter protocol protocol protocol is one of the following any local nlsp static sap For example to set th
9. E E T boata octieeis ine vi 117369 B Rev 00 Hening a Grenik aniani ra a me T 5 4 Entering an IPX Host ID Number be Ne E E A E N E A N 5 4 Disabling and Reenabling IPXWAN for an Interface cececcccceeeeecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 7 Assigning a Primary Network Number sscssisssinnsssissinenissnnn 5 8 Entering a Router Name cicscossssseasissitnesentiinemiennioamanen P PAR A P P e S Indicating the Protocol Negotiated for an interface EEE E E T 5 10 Sample IPXCP and IPXWAN Configurations ssisirsrisissestnassisorisensrnunrissisuser tannin nanana 5 12 IPXCP Link Negotiation cseeee aua eona Seeds rare paai enn ere aa D 13 PAPAN Eak NOMS e inp aiaee aavaunld wrayadad paae eed a eaNS 5 13 IPXWAN and IPXCP Link Configurations cc cccecceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeecaeseaeetsaeenaeeeaes 5 14 Configuration 1 IPXWAN with IPXCP on Both Interfaces eenen 5 15 Configuration Guidelines Configuration 1 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeeeee OTD Configuration 2 IPXWAN on Both Interfaces inps pinan eer aan eee esd ES Configuration Guidelines Configuration 2 ccccceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeees 5 15 Configuration 3 IPXCP on Both Interfaces cc cceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeteeeeteeeeeatees 5 16 Configuration Guidelines Configuration 3 eee PT 5 16 Configuration 4 Interfaces Do Not Share IPXCP or IPXWAN et o a Ee eatea Tare l ce E ee ey A A E A E AEA EA E TA E E S
10. Instructions MIB Object ID Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces 0 0 to the maximum positive integer if tick based routing is enabled 0 to one less than the value specified using the advanced global Maximum Hops parameter if hop based routing is enabled Sets the cost number of ticks or hops for this interface The cost is added to route information learned on this interface through RIP and is included in subsequent RIP packets sent to other interfaces IPX discards the packet when its hop count exceeds a value that is one less than the value of the Maximum Hops parameter This value must be the same across the network For all non WAN and HSSI interfaces the default value translates into a tick cost of 1 in the routing table For all WAN interfaces the default value translates into a tick cost of 6 in the routing table Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 38 B 24 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Host Number hex
11. Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces None Any valid IPX host ID number If you enable the global Multiple Host Address Enable parameter and want to accept the PROM based default setting for the MAC Address Select circuit parameter this IPX interface adopts a host number based on the MAC address of the underlying circuit In this case a PROM on the circuit supplies the number for the MAC address of the circuit and the host number of the interface You can enter a host number for this interface when e The Multiple Host Addressing parameter is enabled e You do not want to accept the default PROM based setting for the MAC Address Select parameter e The circuit type supports only selective mode of operation such as with Ethernet circuits If you enter a host number the circuit adopts that value as the MAC address at which this interface can receive frames The MAC address configured at the circuit line level remains in effect for all other interfaces configured on the same circuit You can enter a host number for this interface when the underlying circuit is token ring see the instructions that follow Site Manager does not let you enter an IPX host number for any IPX interface if you disable the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter in the IPX Global Parameters window Enter a value only if the circuit is not token ring and you want to assign a host number to this IPX interface that is unique within t
12. Host Number hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv None The address host ID of the service Specifies the address of a remote IPX host a NetWare server that can provide local clients with specific NetWare services such as file print gateway or terminal server services Enter a string of up to 12 hexadecimal characters 6 bytes as the address host ID of the remote IPX host server 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 8 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Socket hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv None Any valid socket address from 0x0001 to OxFFFE Specifies the socket address of this service Enter any valid socket address consisting of up to 4 hexadecimal characters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 9 Hop Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv None Any valid number of hops from 1 to the value of the Maximum Hops parameter minus 1 Specifies the number of subsequent router hops required from this router to reach a specific remote Novell server or service Enter the number of router hops that exist between the router and the service you want to advertise 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 12 1 10
13. Using the BCC To configure RIP timers you must configure the RIP update interval and age multiplier for information received in RIP periodic updates To specify a value for the RIP update interval navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter update interval seconds seconds is an integer from 0 to 2 678 400 seconds For example to set the update interval to 10 000 seconds enter rip 00023456 Uupdate interval 10000 To specify an age multiplier navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter age multiplier integer integer is from to 6 For example to set the age multiplier to 4 enter rip 00023456 age multiplier 4 303531 A Rev 00 6 45 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To configure RIP timers complete the following tasks to configure the RIP update interval and age multiplier for information received in RIP periodic updates Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens Choose RIP Set the following parameters Update Interval Age Multiplier Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on page B 37 6 Click on OK ay r o ry The IPX RIP Circuit window open
14. 4 Choose Adj Hosts The IPX Adjacent Hosts window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Adjacent Host Configuration window opens 6 Set the Host Address hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 51 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 93 Configuring IPX Services Disabling and Reenabling the Adjacent Host You can set the state active or inactive of the adjacent host record in the IPX routing tables By default IPX activates the adjacent host record in the IPX routing tables Using the BCC To disable the adjacent host navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter state disabled To reenable the adjacent host navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter state enabled For example enter the following command to disable the adjacent host 000012345678 adjacent host 00023456 000012345678 state disabled 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the state of the adjacent host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose
15. Configuring IPX Services BayRS Version 13 00 Site Manager Software Version 7 00 BCC Version 4 05 Part No 303531 A Rev 00 October 1998 Bay Networks Where Information Flows Bay Networks Where Information Flows 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1998 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA October 1998 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Trademarks ACE AFN AN BCN BLN BN BNX CN FRE LN Optivity PPX Quick2Config and Bay Networks are registered trademarks and Advanced Remote Node ANH ARN ASN BayRS BaySecure BayStack BayStream BCC BCNX BLNX EZ Install EZ Internetwork EZ LAN FN IP AutoLearn PathMan RouterMan SN SPEX Switch Node System 5000 and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc Microsoft MS MS
16. FR Multicast hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces OxFFFFFFFFFFFF not displayed Default value or a user specified WAN multicast address Specifies a multicast address for this IPX interface This parameter is available for any WAN protocol and any media type The default value OxFFFFFFFFFFFF causes the data link layer to issue a multicast packet on all active virtual circuits The value is not actually included in the MAC field of the packet on the WAN The packet instead contains a value that is appropriate for the type of data link protocol Leave blank to accept the default value or enter a WAN multicast address to send all multicast traffic through the IPX interface you are configuring With the default value the IPX router sends all multicast traffic through all logical connections associated with the IPX interface you are configuring 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 30 B 28 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Watchdog Spoofing Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether a router can respond locally to broadcast IPX watchdog packets on behalf of clients that use
17. Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables the system software mechanisms that allow users to add IPX interfaces to the router configuration Disable Shuts down all IPX routing for the entire router Enable Initializes IPX routing for the entire router Associated IPX interfaces become active depending on their respective Enable parameters and on the state of each underlying circuit Select Disable to disable every IPX interface on the router Select Enable to globally reinitialize all IPX interfaces on the router each interface maintains the most recent setting of its own interface Enable parameter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 2 Multiple Host Address Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global Enable Enable Disable If you enable this parameter an IPX interface can e Use the MAC address located in the PROM on the circuit associated with that interface e Use a MAC address that you enter in the Host Number hex parameter field for that interface Interfaces on a token ring circuit adopt a host ID number based only on the MAC address of the associated circuit Disabling this parameter causes all IPX interfaces to adopt a single host ID number for the entire host
18. Specifying Multiple Interfaces per Circuit on page 4 1 Handling Packets Associated with Upper Layer Protocols The router encapsulates any packets associated with Novell s upper layer protocols within the data field of an IPX packet The structure of a packet as well as the source and destination socket numbers contained in that packet identify the protocol type associated with that packet for example the Service Advertisement Protocol SAP and the Routing Information Protocol RIP The upper layer services are e Sequenced Packet Exchange SPX e Network Control Protocol NCP Bay Networks router software lets you select the basis on which an IPX router makes its routing decisions that is on the number of ticks or the number of hops required to reach a given destination network The IPX routing software also provides the following services over LAN and WAN media e Multipath routing and load sharing e Split horizon capability e NetBIOS all networks broadcast packets type 20 packets e Source routing and end station support e IPX ping capability 303531 A Rev 00 1 5 Configuring IPX Services IPX Host ID Numbers On Bay Networks routers the IPX host ID number maps to a physical data link layer address on a specific circuit or physical interface An IPX logical interface can listen at this address and capture frames transmitted by nodes compatible with IPX on the local data link Figure 1 1 illustrates this
19. You can specify the maximum number of next hop hosts for the router to learn IPX uses this value to allocate table sizes for host tables By default the router learns one next hop host You can set this value from 1 to 5000 next hop hosts Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect the memory used by IPX but it can also speed learning time for the router If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 303531 A Rev 00 6 19 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To specify the number of next hop hosts for the router to learn navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter host count hosts hosts is the number of next hop hosts from 1 to 5000 For example to set the number of next hop hosts to 20 enter ipx host count 20 Using Site Manager To specify the number of next hop hosts for the router to learn complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens Click on Advanced The
20. in Figure 6 9 the IPX router delivers NetBIOS broadcast packets only to interfaces 1 and 3 The arrows in Figure 6 10 show the flow of packets in this same model 6 90 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX IPX router IPX0017A Figure 6 10 NetBIOS Packet Flow You must enable an IPX interface to accept or deliver NetBIOS boradcasts for delivery of such packets to occur For example interface 1 can deliver only packets from interface 2 to network 1 because interface 2 is the only other interface that has been configured to accept NetBIOS broadcasts Thus NetBIOS client applications on network 1 can initiate and establish sessions with NetBIOS server applications only on network 3 NetBIOS client applications on network 2 can initiate and establish sessions with NetBIOS server applications only on networks 1 and 3 Client applications on networks 3 and 4 cannot initiate any sessions with NetBIOS server applications via the IPX router 303531 A Rev 00 6 91 Configuring IPX Services As another example in Figure 6 11 NetBIOS broadcasts from the end system ES1 on network A are accepted by router R1 but can be prohibited from network C by disabling the interface of router R1 connected to network C from delivering NetBIOS broadcasts NetBIOS broadcasts will still be delivered to network B 8 ine ES1 R1 Network B Network A gt o__ ee IPX serve
21. maximum path integer integer is the an integer from 1 to 1 023 For example the following command sets the maximum path to 4 ipx maximum path 4 6 2 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To set the maximum number of paths complete these tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Maximum Path hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 15 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager Filtering Log Messages window You can filter specified types of log messages For example the default setting Trace filters out trace messages The types of log messages that you can filter include None Debug Info Trace Debug Info Debug Trace Info Trace Debug Info Trace 303531 A Rev 00 6 3 Configuring IPX Services Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user Changing the value of this parameter produces significant global effects on memory allocation within the router and these changes can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a fi
22. s action determines whether the router advertises or suppresses routes that match the filter s criteria 6 124 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using the BCC To determine the way a filter behaves at the service network level you must specify the name and type of filter and then configure the action of the filter You specify the filter name when you initially configure a service network filter Once you configure the filter you cannot change the filter name To specify the name of the filter navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter name name name is any valid alphanumeric filter name or one containing wildcard characters or a pattern matching regular expression For example to set the filterr name to printer2 enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 name printer2 You specify the type of the filter when you initially configure a service network filter Once you configure the filter you cannot change the filter type To specify the filter type navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter type value value is any Novell filter type number in hexadecimal format For example to set the server type to 0x2121 enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 type 0x2121 303531 A Rev 00 6 125 Configuring IPX Services To
23. 303531 A Rev 00 6 117 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the number of timer ticks complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Static Route The IPX Static Routes window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Static Route Configuration window opens 6 Set the Ticks parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 58 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Using RIP Route Filters You can shield the view of networks from users on different network segments by configuring route filters Route filters give you greater control over the routing of IPX packets from one area of an IPX internetwork to another Using route filters helps maximize the use of the available bandwidth throughout the IPX internetwork and helps improve network security by restricting a user s view of other networks You can configure inbound and outbound route filters on a per interface basis instructing the interface to advertise accept or drop filtered RIP packets The action parameter that you define for the filter determines whether the router advertises accepts or drops RIP packets from routers that ma
24. Configuring IPX Services Parameter SAP via Default Route Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Default Disable Options Enable Disable Function Indicates whether a SAP advertisement can be learned from an interface if the network number advertised in the SAP advertisement is unreachable but a default route is accessible from that interface Enable Directs the router to accept a service when a direct or default route to the server is known Disable Accepts a service only when a direct route to the server advertising the service is known This feature gives you the option of making SAP entries available when the IPX default route is reachable Instructions Select Enable to enable IPX default routing globally for SAP advertisements Select Disable to turn off default SAP advertisement routing MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 26 Caution Because this feature deviates from the IPX Default Route specification enabling it may cause the interface to be incompatible with other router implementations B 20 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Novell Certification Conformance Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Enable Enable Disable Indicates wh
25. E T Seana OEE EETA E E E 6 119 Using SAP Fitters atthe Server Level ccs csc scciscccctsaecanceenctasavsdaerdanrvendendeiesecces 6 123 Using SAP Filters at the Network Level ccccccceeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneees 6 124 Using Wildcards and Pattern Matching with SAP Filters 0 Cee 6 127 Using Wildeards wiih GAP PIES sireisas ieaiaia 6 127 Using Pattern Matching with SAP Filters o osisiriuissisannsuiisnsi naiinis 6 129 Example of Using SAP Filters TET T P ET Sonu N siete 6 133 Goniguring Serice Name FIEIS nenisinssinii spetiecds sas tunllae S 6 134 Enabling an IPX Service Name Filter cc ccccccceeeccessteessseeeseneeesanteeencnetennenene 6 134 Specifying the Target Server NAME ses cesccicctesssccensetienctaendees siedenscondenraorsdeaetonuauee 6 136 Specifying the Target Service Type eeccceeeeceescceceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeteetseeeeesteeeseees 62138 Setting the Filter Priority errr Perr A eae ostero T abewiels ees 6 139 Applying Filters to Inbound or Gutbound Packsiy ee ee ee 6 140 SOC the PRONG sas ssiiaiocrssiiones jeri satasiheenngustinaniincieicutasuidiussaigeivaes testnaucdes 6 141 Specifying How to Process SAP Advertisements peers E tees pple 6 143 OE MINE A LOSE E A ETA O A E Rae 6 144 Deleting IPX from ihe POEM sorosiane aaea SAE EANNA EASE SARAN 6 147 Appendix A BCC IPX Parameters IPX Global PAV ABER aueri aaa ier A a a i A 2 IPXWAN Parameters er re tree eer r
26. Enables or disables a route filter previously added to a specific IPX interface Instructions Select Disable to disable a route filter Select Enable to reenable a route filter MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 2 303531 A Rev 00 B 69 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Route Filter None Any valid NetWare address in hexadecimal format Identifies the network on which you want to apply the filter Enter the address of the target network in hexadecimal format Using a filter you can make this stand for a single ID or for a range of IDs with similar addresses You can select all addresses by entering the wildcard value OxFFFFFFFF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 6 Target Network Mask hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Route Filter None 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF Specifies the mask that you want to apply Enter 8 hexadecimal characters The character F in the mask definition requires an exact match with the corresponding character in the filter ID The mask character 0 zero matches any alphanumeric character You can combine the F and 0 characters in any order in the mask to filter any combination of network addressing schemes
27. Enter a value between 0 and 2147483647 MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 67 Parameter FR SVC Broadcast Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Default Disable Options Enable Disable Function Determines whether frame relay SVCs should be established for all adjacent hosts before sending RIP and SAP updates Instructions Select Enable to establish SVCs for all adjacent hosts before sending RIP and MIB Object ID SAP updates Otherwise select Disable 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 70 IPX Change Circuit Parameters IPX change circuit parameters modify the way IPX runs over a particular circuit You access these parameters in the IPX Change Circuit window Figure B 6 for each circuit that you configured B 30 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Cancel OK Values Help Configured Network Number hex Configured Encaps PPP Circuit Index 6 IPXWAN ENABLE Common Network Number 0x00000002 Negotiated Protocol s x00000010 Figure B 6 IPX Change Circuit Window Configured Network Number hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change None Any valid IPX network number in hexadecimal format Identifies the IPX network number assigned to this IPX circuit This parameter is active only for circuits that are not configured as IPX
28. For information about setting the inactivity mode see Configuring Dial Services 2 Stop the router from clipping packets when an IPX DOR circuit comes up or changes state As IPX routes and services grow in number IPX RIP and SAP packets may be clipped when an IPX DOR circuit comes up or changes state To stop the clipping reduce the value of the Pace parameter for RIP and SAP packets or change the RIP SAP packet size for the IPX DOR circuit You should reduce the value of RIP SAP Pace parameter for IPX DOR circuits to accommodate the number of IPX routes and services in the network 3 Reduce the frequency of bringing up the line for time synchronization packets No default priority queuing filters exist for IPX diagnostics packets or packets used in NDS time synchronization You can configure a priority queueing filter to prevent IPX diagnostic packets from bringing up a demand line However because the Bay Networks IPX ping packet is a diagnostic packet the filter will affect it as well NDS time synchronization packets are treated as data packets You can configure NetWare servers for larger polling intervals to reduce the frequency of bringing up the line for time synchronization packets 303531 A Rev 00 6 107 Configuring IPX Services Default IPX Dial Optimized Routing Filters Enabling IPX on a dial optimized routing circuit creates several priority queuing PQ filters to reduce call initiation by various IPX packet
29. Note You can send packets over a static route if you have mapped an IPX host address to a data link address in a Frame Relay SMDS or ATM network If RIP is disabled on a WAN interface before you configure a static route to an adjacent host you must configure an adjacent host and edit the DLCI parameter 6 112 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Configuring a Static Route To add a static route to an interface you must specify the address of the network to which you want to configure the static route and the address of the next hop host in the static routing path For the target network address you can enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters or specify that the router use the default route OxFFFFFFFE The next hop host address consists of up to 12 hexadecimal characters The next hop host is the host address of the down stream router s IPX interface Note You cannot change the next hop host address once you have configured a Static route Using the BCC To add a static route navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter static route target network net_address next hop host host_address net_address is up to 8 hexadecimal characters host_address is up to 12 hexadecimal characters For example to configure a static route to network address 0x00004545 with the address of the next hop host in the static routing path as 0x000008998987 enter ipx 00
30. Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Default Route Supply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Disable Enable Disable If a default route exists in the routing table this parameter specifies whether to advertise the default route OxFFFFFFFE in RIP packets Select Enable to enable default route supply that is to advertise the default route on this circuit Select Disable to disable default route supply that is not advertise the default route on this circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 18 Default Route Listen Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Disable Enable Disable Specifies whether to accept the default route OXFFFFFFFE in RIP packets received on this circuit Select Enable to accept the default route in RIP packets on this circuit Select Disable to reject the default route in RIP packets on this circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 19 B 40 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX SAP Circuit Parameters IPX SAP circuit parameters determine the way SAP works on a particular circuit You access these parameters in the IPX SAP Circuit window oo a S S Cancel OK Values Help Mode LISTEN SUPPLY Pace 18 Update Interval sec 60 Age Multiplier 3 Packet Size 480 Nearest Server Reply YES Use Multicast YES Split Horizon ENABLE Immediate Update ENABLE
31. Set the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter to Enable Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 10 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window If you want to assign a host number to an interface on a multiple host router complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Host Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 25 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for LAN Media Configuring a Single Host Router To configure a single host router you must disable multiple host addressing Disabling multiple host addressing causes all IPX interfaces to adopt a single host ID number for the entire host based either on the serial number of the router backplane or on a number that you enter in the Host Number parameter field Using the BCC To disable multiple host addressing navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter multiple host disabled If you want to assign a host number for all interfaces on a single host router navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter host addre
32. Specifying the Target Service Type If you are using a service name filter you must specify the type of server that the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment To specify the server type enter the server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format making sure to include leading zeros For all types enter a value of OxFFFF See Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of common service types Using the BCC To specify the type of service navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter type server_type server_type is any valid Novell server type in hexadecimal format For example to set the server type to 0x0987 enter server name filter 00023456 myname type 0x0987 Using Site Manager To specify the type of server complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens 5 Set the Target Service Type hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 85 6 Click on OK Y
33. To change the update interval period to 3600 seconds navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter sap 00023456 update interval 3600 6 108 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To change the update interval period complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens ay oO Set the following parameters Timer Delay Update Interval sec Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on pages B 29 B 37 and B 43 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring RIP and SAP Broadcast Timers A Bay Networks router running IPX lets you control the frequency of RIP and SAP update packet transmissions over both local and wide area links RIP and SAP transmissions provide the following benefits e You spend less time manually configuring changes to static services and service routes across your network e You reduce the cost of administering Bay Networks routers installed across your network compared to the cost of building static routes or static services tables e You allow a router to respond to chang
34. You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Static Route The IPX Static Routes window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Static Route Configuration window opens 6 Set the Target Network hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 56 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Entering the Hop Count The IPX router uses a hop count when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The hop count is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for static routes means use the hop count associated with the interface You can accept the default value zero or enter a value from 1 to one less than the maximum number of hops 303531 A Rev 00 6 115 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To specify the hop count navigate to the IPX static route prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static route 00023456 00054321 000000765432 and enter hops count count is from 0 to one less than the maximum number of hops For example to specify a hop count of 18 enter hops 18 Using Site Manager To specify the hop count complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do t
35. combined with the Target Network parameter value determines which networks will be filtered Enter a network address or filter pattern of up to 8 hexadecimal characters A mask of OXFFFFFFFF specifies an exact match with the network address specified in the Target Network parameter You can specify all networks by entering a Target Network of OXFFFFFFFF and a Target Network Mask of OxFFFFFFFF A value of 0x0 is invalid 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 7 B 78 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Target Service Type hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter None Any valid Novell server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Specifies the type of server that the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing or disallowing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment Enter the server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Include leading zeros For all types enter a value of OxFFFF See Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of valid server types 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 8 Filter Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filte
36. the router to learn Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 log filter Description Specifies the type of log message that the router should filter Legal values debug info trace debug info debug trace info trace Default value debug info trace trace maximum path Description Legal values Default value Specifies the maximum number of paths allowed for a given network destination and routing method lt unsigned integer gt 1 mib reply slot Description Legal values Default value Specifies the slot where the router sends MIB replies lt string gt multiple host Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables multiple host addressing enabled disabled enabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Table A 1 IPX Global Parameters continued network table size Description Legal values Default value Specifies the size of the network table lt unsigned integer gt 0 novell certification conformance Description Legal values Default value path splits Description Legal values Default value Indicates whether you want the router to conform to Novell NetWare standards by propagating a NetBIOS Type 20 packet out of all its interfaces enabled disabled enabled Enables or disables IPX to do load balancing lt unsigned integer gt 1 pend frequency Description Legal values De
37. 00023456 and enter state enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 21 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To disable or reenable IPX routing on an interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 23 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Entering a Symbolic Name for an Interface You can specify a symbolic name for an interface on a router for example first_floor_printer See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a host interface router or server name It is a good idea to make the name meaningful to users as well as to routers Using the BCC To specify a symbolic name for an IPX interface on a router navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter circuit name name name is any meaningful name for an IPX interface For example the following command specifies the name first_floor_printer for an IPX interface ipx 00023456 Circuit name first_floor_printer 6 22 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To speci
38. 0098 SQL Server Named Pipes 009A NetWare Access Server 009B Portable NetWare SunLink NVT 009E Progress Database Server 009F PowerChute APC UPS NLM 00A1 Compaq IDA Status Monitor OOAC Unknown 0100 Intel LAN Protect Bindery 0102 Oracle Database Server 0103 NetWare 386 Remote Console 0107 Novell SNA Gateway 010F HP Print Server 0112 CSA MUX 0114 CSA LCA 0115 CSA CM 0116 CSA SMA 0117 CSA DBA 0118 CSA NMA 0119 continued 303531 A Rev 00 D 3 Configuring IPX Services Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier CSA SSA 011A CSA STATUS 011B CSA APPC 011E SNA TEST SAA profile 0126 CSA TRACE 012A Unknown 012E Communications Executive 0130 NFS Domain Server 0133 NetWare Naming Service NNS Profile 0135 NNS Queue NW Print Queue 0137 NNS Domain Scheme Descriptor 0138 Intel LANSpool VAP 0141 Aladdin Knowledge 0142 Optical Drives 0143 IrmaLAN Gateway 0152 Named Pipe Server 0154 Intel PICKIT CAS Talk Server 0168 Unknown User 0173 Compaq SNMP Agent 0174 Xtree Server 0180 Xtree 0189 NetWare Access Server 018A GARP Gateway Net Research 01B0 BindView LAN Support Group 01B1 continued D 4 303531 A Rev 00 Common Service Types and Identifiers Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal S
39. 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 22 303531 A Rev 00 B 3 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID RIP SAP Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Depends on whether you enabled RIP SAP in the Select Protocols window Yes No Indicates whether you have RIP SAP configured on an interface The Configuration Manager sets the default for this parameter based on your selection in the Select Protocols window If you selected RIP SAP both RIP and SAP are enabled You can disable both RIP and SAP using the IPX Configuration window You can also disable and reenable RIP or SAP using the RIP Circuit window or the SAP Circuit window which are accessible from the IPX Interfaces window 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 1 RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 1 SAP Configured Encaps Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Circuit media dependent Ethernet LSAP Novell SNAP PPP Specifies the encapsulation method such as Ethernet PPP Novell LSAP or SNAP available for each circuit type such as Ethernet token ring or serial The encapsulation method supports communication on a specific logical network Select an encapsulation method that matches the one that the clients and servers on the same logical network use and is appropri
40. 2 Single Route Explorer SRE frame 6 27 single host router 1 12 4 9 SMDS circuits 6 39 socket numbers 1 2 source route bridge end station support 6 26 source routing 1 5 split horizon 1 5 configuring 6 49 disabled in a nonfully meshed network 6 51 enabled in a fully meshed network 6 50 SRE frame 6 27 Index 6 standard IPX configurations multiple host router 4 7 single host router 4 9 starting TP 3 2 3 3 RIP 3 4 static routes configuration parameter descriptions B 56 deleting B 61 NetBIOS configuration parameters B 46 nonstandard NetBIOS use 6 86 parameter descriptions B 59 parameter editing B 59 support 1 3 using B 56 with Dial on Demand 6 103 with standard NetBIOS routing 6 88 static service configuration parameters descriptions B 61 static service parameters editing B 64 static services deleting B 67 parameter descriptions B 64 SAP service network configuration 6 72 support Bay Networks xxii T Target Network IPX NetBIOS static route parameter B 47 B 49 Target Server IPX NetBIOS static route parameter B 47 technical publications xxi technical support xxii Technician Interface accessing IPX parameters B 9 text conventions xviii tick as basis for routing decision 1 5 cost 6 38 definition 6 38 B 14 RIP timer maximum 6 17 tick based routing 5 3 303531 A Rev 00 timeout RIP entries 6 43 timer configurable SAP timers 6 58 RIP configurable 6 4
41. 5 Sr GAP baiana ened Saad ceo eed Salevia cae de Sided ede a ened a beantdenttyaneneeab 2 5 Chapter 3 Starting IPX Services Using Site Manager Starting IPX berets S arent ET E reer ee tee rarer arms P e Staring IPXWAN Serves jutssanessntseadeda adenine em maT Starting RIP and SAP See sis siristeirasindninnsaxscnaaco asses osaessaasaniianddimiehananantsaradueuneice 3 4 Deleting RIP and SAP from an IPX Interface cs ccscasnetsccesctade covcantiadevisedeentaeetsonerencters 3 5 pe Ties og gee Ut Ben ga egeere cane tprrerres err rectre rece tyre reenter errr er G 3 5 Chapter 4 Customizing IPX for LAN Media Specifying Multiple Interfaces per Circuit c cececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeee 4 1 PE POSTID TA a noinine Saran sania ennmn tials dona Reade a 4 5 Setting an IPX Host ID Number on a Token Ring Circuit cceeeesceeeeteeeeeneeeees 4 6 Goniiguringa Muliple Hast FOUTS sissa 4 7 Configuring a Single Host Router mets PEE ree rer errr P PA R S Token Ring MAC Address Selegiioi snicsiatisssccsdae comida scahcesncaeconnccaingnategdsonaseuenassecanes 4 11 vis Lic Fal M o a E E E AE EA E TA E E E OEE O E 4 11 Chapter 5 Customizing IPX for WAN Media EA OO AAN 2 8 tc a aE Using IPXCP and IPXWAN P ET P eer rr ene apendi re ee 5 2 Running IPAWAN over PPP eurrien onnaa E 5 3 Running IPXWAN over Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuits cee 5 3 Negotiating an IPXWAN Connection
42. 5 31 1 7 Filter Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Service Name Filters None 0 to the maximum number of filters of this type Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 13 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPX Service Name Filter Parameters This section describes how to set all parameters shown in the IPX Service Name Filters window Figure B 22 IPX Service Name Filters printserv Delete Apply Values Help eT Enable ENABLE j Target Service Name printserv Target Service Type hex 0x0002 Filter Priority 1 Mode OUTBOUND Protocol ANY Figure B 22 IPX Service Name Filters Window Parameter Enable Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function Specifies whether the service name filter displayed is active on this interface Instructions Select Enable to enable the service name filter Select Disable to disable the service name filter MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 2 B 84 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Ins
43. 7 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Filter Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter None 0 to the maximum positive integer Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 13 Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter Outbound Outbound Inbound Both Specifies whether you want to apply the filter to inbound packets outbound packets or both Accept the default Outbound if you want to apply the filter to SAP packets advertised by the specified interface Specify Inbound if you want to apply the filter to SAP packets coming into this interface Specify Both if you want to filter both inbound and outbound packets 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 8 Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter Any Any Local Static SAP Applies this outbound filter on
44. A 20 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Server Name Filter Parameters The server name filters function lets you reduce network traffic by configuring server name filters To configure server name filter parameters navigate to the server name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname Table A 9 Server Name Filter Parameters action Description Specifies how to process RIP advertisements that match the server name filter criteria Legal values advertise suppress Default value advertise cost Description Assigns a cost in ticks or hops for routes matching this filter Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 inbound Description Applies the filter to RIP packets coming into this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value disabled name Description Specifies the server name Legal values lt string 2 47 gt Default value none outbound Description Legal values Default value Applies the filter to RIP packets going out of this interface lt string 2 47 gt none continued 303531 A Rev 00 A 21 Configuring IPX Services Table A 9 Server Name Filter Parameters continued priority Description Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 protocol Description Applies this filter to ro
45. B 22 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IPX routing on this interface Enable Initializes the IPX interface you added to a circuit You can also use the Enable setting to reinitialize an existing disabled IPX interface The actual operating state of an interface when enabled depends on e The current state of the associated circuit e The current state of the IPX global protocol process Disable Forces an IPX interface into the down inoperative state Select Enable if you previously set this parameter to Disable and now want to reenable IPX routing on this interface Select Disable only if you want to disable IPX routing on this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 2 Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces None Any valid IPX server name Specifies a symbolic name for the interface See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a host interface router or server name You should make the name meaningful to users 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 7 303531 A Rev 00 B 23 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function
46. Configuring IPX Services Applying Filters to Inbound or Outbound Packets You can apply the service name filter to inbound packets outbound packets or both By default the filter is applied to SAP packets advertised by the specified interface If you want to apply the filter to SAP packets coming into this interface specify inbound If you want to filter both incoming and outgoing packets specify both Using the BCC By default the router does not apply service name filters to inbound packets To apply the service name filter to inbound packets navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter inbound enabled If you do not want to apply the service name filter to inbound packets navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter inbound disabled By default the router applies service name filters to outbound packets If you do not want to apply the service name filter to outbound packets navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter outbound disabled To apply the service name filter to outbound packets navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter outbound enabled
47. Configuring IPX Services Entering the Maximum Number of Services You can specify the maximum number of services for the router to learn IPX uses this value to preallocate table sizes for service tables If you use the default value 0 IPX automatically allocates the amount of memory it needs for the tables Do not change the default unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value can significantly affect router performance by affecting the memory usage by IPX and the learning time of the router If you are an experienced user enter a value from 1 to 5000 services that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router Using the BCC To set the maximum number of services for the router to learn navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter service count integer integer is the number of services For example the following command sets the maximum number of services to 6 ipx service count 6 6 8 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To specify the maximum number of services for the router to learn complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edi
48. Configuring a Multiple Host Router 4 7 Configuring a Single Host Router 4 9 Customizing IPX 4 11 Specifying Multiple Interfaces per Circuit You can configure one or more IPX interfaces per physical circuit The number of IPX logical interfaces you can configure on a circuit equals the number of unique frame formats available for that circuit type See Table 1 1 on page 1 4 for details on circuit types and frame formats For example the Bay Networks router supports four unique frame formats that are suitable for communication over an Ethernet LAN segment Therefore you can configure four different encapsulation types Ethernet Novell LSAP and SNAP for four independent IPX interfaces on a single Ethernet circuit Each interface and encapsulation type configured on a circuit support a different logical network To differentiate between IPX interfaces configured on the same physical circuit 303531 A Rev 00 4 1 Configuring IPX Services the Bay Networks router uses the unique network address and frame format that you assign to each interface By supporting multiple IPX interfaces on a single physical circuit a Bay Networks router can service clients on independent logical LANs that coexist on the same physical LAN segment In Figure 4 1 each client workstation on the right side of the router has a different logical network address and uses a different encapsulation method If all clients need to access server 1 then only
49. E 6 94 Entering the ID of the Adjacent Host cscs scssicactsscccwashseseneiabicdorsnocsdscecnsunsuaehietavescskiausd 6 95 Entering a WAN Address EE P TE T EE ee E erent B96 Creating a Frame Relay SVC to an Adianent Ho t PREE NE S A E 6 98 Da erkes i P aa a A 6 101 Using Dialon Demand Servite s icicicrnmnsriiinmeininn AaS 6 102 Using Static Routing with Dial on Demand cccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaees 6 103 Tips for Using Dial on Demand with IPX eae PT PET PE ET 6 104 Enabling Local IPX Watchdog Acknowledgment ccssseeeeeeeseeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenas 6 104 Configuring Dial Optimized Routing for IPX o cecceecceeseeeeeceeeeeeececaeeeaeeeaeeeeeseeeeaes 6 106 Getting Optimum Performance Using IPX Dial Optimized Routing schema 6 107 Default IPX Dial Optimized Routing Filters ccceeceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeneeeeees 6 108 Configuring RIP and SAP Broadcast Timers ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeaes 6 109 117369 B Rev 00 ix Herg Siale ROUES aeeeee pen enrr Eee eeeer ree ert ter tere nenen Petre eee Cee eter rr terre errr sah Configuring a Static Route Cee errr PT oboed renee hee T E 6 113 Changing the Target Network Address E E E P A E T 6 114 Enem Me Hon COUN aurosa EE 6 115 Setting the Timer Ticks DRaa err rer err E epee 6 117 Usmo RIP Route FIROS a sessed ceeitirakeennaasnabnl deena mennaaaiatcaanianaain 6 118 EBA re Ue eek
50. Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens Set the Host Count parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 18 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 20 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Customizing an IPX Interface Any IPX interface you add to a physical circuit inherits a set of default IPX values from the global IPX process These interface values determine how IPX behaves on individual router interfaces You can customize the parameters that belong to a specific interface by modifying the values of the IPX interface settings Disabling and Reenabling IPX Routing on an Interface After you add an interface to a circuit you can disable or reenable IPX routing on this interface By default IPX is enabled on an interface Reenabling IPX on an interface reinitializes an existing disabled IPX interface The actual operating state of an interface once enabled depends on e The current state of the associated circuit e The current state of the IPX global slotwide protocol process Disabling an IPX interfaces forces an IPX interface into the down inoperative state Using the BCC To disable IPX routing on an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter state disabled To reenable IPX routing on an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx
51. F in the mask definition requires an exact match with the corresponding character in the filter ID The mask character 0 matches any alphanumeric character You can combine the F and 0 characters in any order in the mask to filter any combination of network addressing schemes used within the IPX internetwork 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 7 Filter Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter gt Add None 0 to the maximum positive integer Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 13 B 68 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Route Filter Parameters This section describes all the parameters in the IPX Route Filters window Figure B 18 IPX Route Filters Rule 1 Pri 0 Ckt 1 Net 0x00000003 Ne Delete Apply Values Help faf m ar Enable ENABLE Target Network hex 0x00000003 Target Network Mask hex OxOOOOF FFF Filter Priority 0 Mode OUTBOUND Protocol ANY Figure B 18 IPX Route Filters Window Parameter Enable Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function
52. IPX Interface 6 21 Choosing a Frame Encapsulation Type 6 25 Customizing RIP Parameters 6 38 Customizing SAP Parameters 6 56 in i rvi fa Customizing NetBIOS Static Routing 6 92 Configuring an Adjacent Host for an Interface 6 92 Dial Services for IPX 101 Configuring Dial Optimized Routing for IPX 6 106 Using Static Routes 6 110 Using RIP Route Filters 6 118 Using SAP Filters 6 119 Configuring Service Name Filters 6 134 Deleting IPX from the Router 6 147 303531 A Rev 00 6 1 Configuring IPX Services Customizing IPX Global Parameters Any IPX interface you add to a physical circuit inherits a default IPX configuration from the global IPX process Use the information in the following sections to customize the default settings that affect all IPX interfaces Setting the Maximum Number of Paths You can set the maximum number of paths allowed for a given network destination and routing method from 1 to 1 023 paths Multiple paths to a given destination use more memory than single paths but provide redundancy Specifying multiple paths allows for load balancing see Specifying the Number of Maximum Path Splits later in this chapter Bay Networks recommends that you set the maximum number of paths to the highest number of paths that exist from the router to any destination network regardless of the cost Using the BCC To set the maximum number of paths navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter
53. Legal values Default value default supply Description Legal values Default value Specifies if the router accepts the default route OxFFFFFFE in RIP packets received on this circuit enabled disabled disabled Enables or disables the router to advertise a default route OxFFFFFFE if it exists in the routing table enabled disabled disabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Table A 6 RIP Parameters continued listen Description Specifies that this interface listens to RIP periodic and triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled multicast Description Enables or disables the use of a multicast address to send RIP packets Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled pace Description Specifies the maximum pace in packets per second at which RIP packets can be sent on this circuit Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 18 packet size Description Specifies the maximum RIP packet size in bytes used on this circuit Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 432 split horizon Description Enables or disables the interface to exclude RIP routes learned on that interface when transmitting RIP updates Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled state Description Enables or disables RIP on t
54. No to disable multicast transmission of SAP packets 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 16 B 44 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Save Full Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Yes Yes No Determines whether the router will save all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets or ignore all characters after the null character when a service field name is less than 48 bytes long Accept the default to save all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets Select No to ignore all characters after the null character 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 20 Split Horizon Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Enable Enable Disable When generating SAP updates to be transmitted from an interface the interface can exclude SAP servers learned on that interface Select Enable if you previously set this parameter to Disable and now do not want the router to transmit SAP updates received from the interface over that same interface Select Disable only if you want the router to transmit SAP updates received from the interface over that same interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 17 303531 A Rev 00 B 45 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Immediate Update Path Confi
55. OUTBOUND Figure B 20 IPX Service Network Filters Window 303531 A Rev 00 B 77 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether the service network filter displayed is active on this interface Select Enable to enable the service network filter Select Disable to disable the service network filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 2 Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter None Any valid NetWare address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the network on which you want to apply the service network filter Enter the address of the target network in hexadecimal format Using a mask you can make this stand for a single network or a range of networks with similar addresses You can specify all networks by entering a Target Network of OxFFFFFFFF and a Target Network Mask of OXFFFFFFFF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 6 Target Network Mask hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter None Any valid IPX network address in hexadecimal notation The mask
56. Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the IPXWAN parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 5 7 Configuring IPX Services Assigning a Primary Network Number Like Novell routers and servers a Bay Networks router running the IPXWAN protocol implements a global internal network to which you must assign a priimary network number IPXWAN requires the primary network number to determine whether the local or the remote router on a WAN link serves as the master or slave during the IPXWAN negotiations The router with the higher primary network number serves as the master Using the BCC You can specify the primary network number only when you configure IPXWAN services Once you supply the primary network number you cannot change it To configure IPX WAN services see Starting IPXWAN Services on page 2 3 To determine the current primary network number navigate to the IPXWAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter primary network Using Site Manager To specify the primary network number complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedur
57. R1 and interface 2 on router R2 ensures proper RIP operation because RIP entries are not purged unless an update for a particular entry is not received within a 720 second interval 3 240 seconds Interface 1 Interface 3 RIP Update RIP Update every 240 seconds every 60 seconds ES 1 R1 R2 Network A 5 Network B Lac IPX server Interface 2 RIP Update every 240 seconds IPX0004A Figure 6 3 IPX Configurable RIP Timers Taking into account the fact that IPX server ES1 with an internal router on network B expects periodic RIP advertisements every 60 seconds router R2 continues to issue RIP advertisements out its LAN interface interface 3 per the IPX specification reconciling the fact that periodic RIP advertisements through interface 1 are received every 240 seconds Should you decide to disable the periodic transmission of RIP updates RIP immediate one time update packets still propagate through the network in compliance with Novell standards The combination of the update interval and age multiplier should be the same for all systems on a network segment 6 44 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Note that increasing the value of the age multiplier can cause routes to take longer to age out decreasing it could cause the router to age routes prematurely if routing updates are missed
58. SAP Outbound Filtering In this example a SAP filter configured on router R1 prevents SAP advertisements and updates pertaining to server A from being propagated over the wide area link As a result server A is invisible to networks C and D Information pertaining to server B however continues to be propagated over the WAN link Note SAP filters restrict a user s view of network service information but they do not prevent users from accessing services If users have access to resources contained on an IPX network they can also access all services within that network regardless of whether a service has been filtered The IPX router always updates its own SAP services table according to inbound SAP data You can configure SAP filters using the following levels e Individual servers e Network level 6 122 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using SAP Filters at the Server Level You can filter SAP service information pertaining to individual servers by editing server level SAP filters At the service level the filter matches a pattern that you specify consisting of a service name pattern and a service type The filter s Action parameter determines the action Accept Advertise or Suppress Note You cannot change a SAP filter s actions once you have created a service name filter Using the BCC To specify a SAP filter s action navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route
59. WAN interfaces that have the IPX WAN parameter enabled Enter a valid IPX network number in hexadecimal format Do not use the values OxFFFFFFFE or OXFFFFFFFF as network numbers These values are reserved for system use 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 24 303531 A Rev 00 B 33 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Negotiated Protocol s Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change Unnumbered RIP RIP Unnumbered RIP Indicates the protocol negotiated for this interface This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX WAN interfaces and that have the IPXWAN parameter enabled Accept the default or click on Values to display the other choices You can select more than one option Click on the options you prefer then click on OK to accept your choices The parameter value appears as a hexadecimal number in the IPX Change Circuit window The values are as follows 0x00000008 RIP 0x00000010 Unnumbered RIP 0x00000018 RIP and Unnumbered RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 8 B 34 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX RIP Circuit Parameters IPX RIP circuit parameters determine the way RIP behaves on a particular circuit You access these parameters fin the IPX RIP Circuit window Figure B 7 To view all parameters in this window click on the scroll bar IPX RIP Circuit
60. You access these parameters in the IPX Adjacent Host Configuration window Figure B 11 Cancel OK Values Help WAN Number Remote Party Sub Address Remote Party Type of Number INTERNATIONAL Adjacent Host Type DEFAULT Figure B 11 IPX Adjacent Host Configuration Window B 50 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Host Address hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add None Valid host ID of the adjacent host Specifies the host ID of the adjacent host Enter a host ID of up to 12 hexadecimal characters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 5 WAN Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add None WAN Address Data Link Connection Identifier X 25 PVC Logical Channel Number Lets you enter a WAN address DLCI or X 25 PVC logical channel number The format depends on the underlying data link protocol type Enter a WAN address of up to 16 hexadecimal characters if the interface is on an ATM or SMDS network Enter a decimal DLCI number if the interface is on a frame relay network Enter an X 121 address if the interface is on an X 25 swit
61. You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Negotiated Protocol parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 6 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 5 11 Configuring IPX Services Sample IPXCP and IPXWAN Configurations Figure 5 1 shows a local router communicating with remote router 1 using IPXCP over PPP and the same local router communicating with remote router 2 using IPXWAN over frame relay Network number 00000003 IPXCP IPXCP a we interface bala Local router Remote router 1 PNN 00000012 CNN 00000019 IPXWAN primary Frame Relay IPXWAN secondary Remote router 2 PNN 00000007 CNN 00000020 T l Network number 0x00000019 IPX0002A Figure 5 1 IPXCP and IPXWAN Configurations 5 12 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN Media IPXCP Link Negotiation In Figure 5 1 the local router and remote router 1 both configured for IPXCP negotiate a connection at the data link layer After the options are successfully negotiated the IPXCP interface
62. You enabled a force dial to immediately activate a line and establish a connection The router brings down the circuit for any of these reasons e The configured inactivity time expires e You scheduled the circuit to come down e You enabled a forced takedown Figure 6 12 shows a dial on demand line connecting two routers In this example when the router has data to transmit across a demand circuit or when you configure the router to bring up a demand circuit the router instructs the dial device to establish a connection Note Do not configure IPX adjacent hosts with dial on demand circuits 6 102 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Data arrives at the New York router but final destination is Dallas A port in the demand pool transmits the data Los Angeles E LS Dial device Demand pool 1 Slot 2 New York Chicago co Dial i evice o device Back of router Dial device Dallas Dial E device IPX0014A Figure 6 12 Dial on Demand Service Using Static Routing with Dial on Demand As part of its standard operation IPX sends update packets to maintain routing tables and to gather information about network resources For dial on demand the frequency of these update packet
63. address e The MAC address located in the PROM on the circuit associated with that interface e A MAC address that you enter for the multiple host address for that interface Interfaces on a token ring circuit adopt a host ID number based only on the MAC address of the associated circuit If you enter a host number the circuit adopts that value as the MAC address at which this interface can receive frames The MAC address configured at the circuit line level remains effective for all other interfaces configured on the same circuit Using the BCC To enable multiple host addressing navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter multiple host enabled If you want to o assign a host number to an IPX interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter host address number number is a valid host address in hexadecimal format For example the following command assigns the host address 0x0987 to the IPX interface ipx 00023456 host address 0x0987 303531 A Rev 00 4 7 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To enable multiple host addressing complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens
64. and servers The slower the interconnecting LAN or WAN links the more difference using multipath will make in client server throughput Multiline Circuits The multiline circuits feature allows a single circuit to be composed of up to 16 individual synchronous network data paths Multiline circuits support provides a level of redundancy not available through conventional single line circuit configurations The multiline circuits feature ensures routing circuit availability in the event of a single data path failure Equally important the multiline circuits feature provides increased bandwidth between two sites without the circuit management complexities associated with multiple circuits After you configure and enable the circuit the use of multiple data paths to form a single circuit is transparent to both network management and the end user community 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts Multiline circuits provide the following methods for sending traffic over their data paths e Address based data path selection e Random data path selection Address based data path selection determines the path a packet traverses based on its source and destination addresses After a path is established for a given address pair subsequent packets follow the same path ensuring that packets are received in the order in which they are sent This is essential for protocols that cannot tolerate receiving packets out of order Random data path selecti
65. applied to inbound packets outbound packets or both C 6 303531 A Rev 00 show ipx routes BCC show Commands for IPX The show ipx routes command displays IPX routing table information The show ipx routes command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments dest lt destination_network gt net lt address gt host lt address gt type lt destination_protocol gt Displays information about the the IPX route with the specified destination network Displays information about the IPX route with the specified network address Displays information about the IPX route having the specified host address Displays information about the IPX route having the specified destination protocol The output contains the following information Dest Network Interface Name Nexthop Network Nexthop Host Address Type Age Ticks Hops The target network The name of the IPX interface The address of the next hop network The address of the next hop host The type of route The granularity in seconds for aging RIP and SAP information The cost in ticks for this interface The cost in hops for this interface 303531 A Rev 00 C 7 Configuring IPX Services show ipx saps The show ipx saps command displays IPX SAP interface record configuration information The output contains the following information Interface Name Configured State Current State Update Interv
66. based either on the serial number of the router backplane or on a number that you enter in the Host Number hex parameter field Choose Enable or Disable as appropriate for the type of configuration 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 6 B 10 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Router Host Number hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global None Any valid host number The router either uses this value as the host address for all IPX interfaces or if left empty uses the backplane serial number as the host address for all interfaces circuits If you disable the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter and enter a unique router host number the Configuration Manager assigns this number to all IPX interfaces you configure on the router If you disable the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter and do not enter a router host id number for this parameter the Configuration Manager automatically generates a unique 6 byte host ID number for all IPX interfaces The generated host ID is based on the serial number of the router backplane 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 7 Caution The IPX global host address and the token ring MAC address must agree when the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter is disabled Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Router Name Configuration M
67. characters or a pattern matching regular expression Function This is the filter that you want to apply It can specify the name of the server to which you are applying the service name filter or it can be a filter containing a wildcard or a pattern regular expression to be matched See Using Wildcards with SAP Filters and Using Pattern Matching with SAP Filters for lists of these characters Instructions Enter a service name or filter pattern consisting of up to 48 alphanumeric characters optionally including wildcards or a regular expression pattern MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 6 B 82 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Target Service Type hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Service Name Filters None Any valid Novell service type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Specifies the type of service that the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing or suppressing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment Enter the service type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Include leading zeros For all types enter a value of FFFF See Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of valid service types 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5
68. concept in a Bay Networks router that has two IPX logical interfaces each one configured on a different physical circuit Local clients servers IPX server m n5 Physical E 4 Logical interface Incoming interface frames ATM circuit Clients smr s a H Ethernet Router Z circuit i i to Qi Se ae i i Incoming X cells H Logical eas Physical interface a interface IPX server Destination Receive address IPX0021A Figure 1 1 Frames Received at a Logical Interface 1 6 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts Figure 1 2 illustrates this concept in a Bay Networks router configured with two IPX logical interfaces each one on a different physical circuit type Local clients servers IPX server T Physical Logical interface interface x l i ATM Outgoing circuit Clients ay ee ee gt bot H Ethernet Boule i i circuit i i i i t i gt i Ad Outgoing m7 i cells LI Logical Physical interface interface IPX server Source Transmit address IPX0022A Figure 1 2 Frames Issued from a Logical Interface Multipath Routing and Load Sharing You can include multiple next hop destinations as active routes to a destination network The IPX router can learn about multiple paths using either RIP packets or statically configured ro
69. consists of a service name or network number a service type a priority and a configurable action parameter You can also include wildcards or patterns to be matched As a result you can tailor SAP filters to your site requirements improving network security by controlling access and preserving bandwidth by limiting the SAP packet traffic On a given interface you can configure a filter as inbound outbound or both e Inbound filters affect only incoming SAP advertisements The filter determines whether the Bay Networks router accepts or suppresses the service information from certain servers based on the action that you specify e Outbound filters affect only outgoing SAP advertisements The router either advertises or suppresses SAP information based on the action that you specify e Both applies the same filter pattern to both incoming and outgoing SAP advertisements Using the BCC To specify that a SAP filter suppress incoming service information navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 and enter inbound disabled To specify that a SAP filter accept incoming service information navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 and enter inbound enabled To specify that a SAP filter disable outgoing SAP advertisements navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 a
70. enable multicast transmission of packets The multicast address causes the data link layer to issue a multicast packet on all active virtual circuits The multicast address value is not actually included in the MAC field of the packet on the WAN The packet instead contains a value that is appropriate for the type of data link protocol You can use the default multicast address OxFFFFFFFFFFFF which causes the IPX router to send all multicast traffic through all logical connections associated with the IPX interface you are configuring You can also specify a WAN multicast address to send all multicast traffic through the IPX interface you are configuring 303531 A Rev 00 6 47 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To use multicasting check that the router has enabled multicasting and then optionally specify a WAN multicast address By default when you configure IPX on an interface the router enables multicasting To determine if the router has enabled multicasting navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter multicast If you previously disabled multicasting reenable multicasting by entering multicast enabled To specify a WAN multicast address navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter multicast address address address is a WAN multicast address For example to enable multicasting and set the W
71. enable you to get IPX up and running quickly by supplying only the required configuration information and accepting the defaults supplied by Bay Networks for all other Site Manager parameters You access these parameters from the IPX Configuration window Figure B 1 This window may look different depending on the WAN protocol you chose in the Select WAN Protocols window B 2 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters Cancel OK Details Values Help Configured Network Number hex RIP SAP Configured Encaps Circuit Index IPXWAN ENABLE Common Network Number Negotiated Protocol s 0x00000000 Figure B 1 IPX Configuration Window Note The Configured Network Number parameter is active only for circuits that are not configured as IPX WAN interfaces The IPXWAN Common Network Number and Negotiated Protocol s parameters appear only when the circuit is configured as an IPX WAN interface Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Configured Network Number hex Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces None Any valid IPX network number in hexadecimal format Identifies the IPX network number assigned to this IPX circuit This parameter is active only for circuits that are not configured as IPX WAN interfaces or for those with the IPXWAN parameter explicitly disabled Enter a valid IPX network number in hexadecimal notation
72. enabled For example to disable RIP on IPX interface 0x00023456 enter ipx 00023456 state disabled Using Site Manager To disable or reenable RIP complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 36 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 40 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Enabling RIP Listen and Supply Functions You can determine whether the IPX router learns routes received in RIP updates from neighboring routers transmits RIP periodic and triggered updates to routers in adjacent networks or does both By default the IPX router learns routes from and transmits updates to routers in adjacent networks Using the BCC To specify that IPX not transmit periodic or triggered RIP updates navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter supply disabled To specify that IPX transmits periodic or triggered RIP updates navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter supply e
73. filter 0x8888 0x2121 and enter action value value is one of the following Action Meaning Advertise Enables the filter to allow advertisement or acceptance of routes that match the specified route filter criteria Suppress Causes the IPX router to drop advertisements that match the specified route filter criteria For example to enable the filter to accept routes that match the filter s criteria enter route filter 0x8888 0x2121 action advertise 303531 A Rev 00 6 123 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify a SAP filter s action complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens Choose Net Filter The IPX Service Network Filters window opens Set the Action parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 80 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Using SAP Filters at the Network Level You can filter service information pertaining to entire networks by editing network level SAP filters At the network level the filter matches a pattern that you specify consisting of a service network number and a service type The filter
74. for a successive regular expression in the search pattern 6 130 303531 A Rev 00 Table 6 2 Customizing IPX Concatenation Rules and Operators Rule Operator Interpretation Question mark A single expression regular expression followed by a question mark matches zero or exactly one occurrence of that single character regular expression For example a z matches any string of either zero lowercase letters or exactly one lowercase letter Example SERVER Matches SERVER1 and SERVER Does not match SERVER12 or SERVER123 Asterisk A single expression regular expression followed by an asterisk matches zero or more occurrences of that single character regular expression For example a z matches any string of zero or more lowercase letters Example SERVER Matches SERVER123 and SERVER Does not match ADMIN123 or PS_SERVER Plus sign A single expression regular expression followed by a plus sign matches one or more occurrences of that single character regular expression For example a z matches any string with one or more lowercase letters Example SERVER Matches SERVER12 and SERVERA Does not match SERVER or ADMIN123 m m m n where m and n are integers A one character regular expression followed by m m or m n is a regular expression that matches a range of occurrences of the one character regular expression The valu
75. gt Add Default Default Frame Relay E 164 Frame Relay X 121 Frame Relay DLCI Specifies the type of static host used when establishing a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Specify the type of static host 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPX Static Route Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Cancel OK Values Def Route Help Next Hop Host hex Hop Count Ticks Figure B 13 IPX Static Route Configuration Window Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route gt Add None Any valid network address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the address of the network to which you want to configure the static route Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters or click on Def Route to have the Configuration Manager fill in the default route Ox FFFFFFFE 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 5 Note The Configuration Manager does not let you reconfigure the Target Network parameter for a static route If you want to change this parameter you must delete the static route and add a new route with the proper information However you can reconfigure all other parameters associated with a static route B 56 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function In
76. hex Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Enable IPX WAN None A string of up to 8 hexadecimal characters Specifies an IPX network number for IPX WAN RFC 1634 compliant link negotiation on all slots The value of the primary network number PNN determines whether the local or remote WAN interface serves as IPX ILink master The node with the highest PNN value becomes the IPX link master The PNN must be unique among network numbers currently assigned Enter a unique network number for each node requiring one or more IPXWAN RFC 1634 compliant interfaces This network number must be unique across the IPX network Do not enter a number that a server is using as an internal network number or a number that has been assigned on any segment in the network You can use any unused value between 0x00000001 and OxFFFFFFFD 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 5 B 8 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Global Parameters The IPX global parameters determine the way IPX works on the router You access these parameters in the Edit IPX Global Parameters window Figure B 3 Edit IPX Global Parameters Cancel 0K Advanced Values Help Enable ENABLED Multiple Host Address Enable ENABLED Router Host Number hex Router Name ripfence Primary Net Number hex 0500100101010 Figure B 3 Edit IPX Global Parameters Window 303531 A Rev 00 B 9 Configuring IPX Services Parameter
77. learn The maximum number of next hop hosts that the router will learn The number of IPX interfaces configured show ipx adjacent hosts The show ipx adjacent hosts command displays information for configured adjacent hosts The output includes the following information Interface Name Configured State Current State Host Address The name of the IPX interface Specifies if IPX is configured on an adjacent host Specifies if IPX is enabled or disabled The address of the adjacent host 303531 A Rev 00 show ipx forwards BCC show Commands for IPX The show ipx forwards command displays IPX forwarding table information The output includes the following information Network Interface Name Type Method Equal Cost Path show ipx hosts The network address The name of the IPX interface The type of service The routing method The number of equal cost paths The show ipx hosts command displays IPX host table information The output includes the following information Host Address Nexthop Interface Network Method The IPX host address The address of the next hop host The network address The encapsulation method 303531 A Rev 00 C 3 Configuring IPX Services show ipx interfaces The show ipx interfaces command displays IPX interface configuration information The show ipx interfaces command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments encaps lt
78. matching a filter pattern that you define as a regular expression using the characters shown in Table 6 1 The software compares this regular expression against a service name and indicates whether it finds a match Functionally pattern matching on SAP filters is similar to the UNIX grep command Characters in SAP Pattern Matching Filters Filter Character Function C Matches any character except those listed below An ordinary character such as a b 7 or q matches only itself Backslash The backslash is the escape character Use this to match a character that would otherwise have special meaning to the software The special characters that must be preceded by a backslash to match themselves are backslash period or dot left bracket question mark asterisk left brace left parenthesis right parenthesis vertical bar currency symbol Must be quoted only when it is the last character to be matched Any other quoted character following a backslash matches itself For example to match a backslash in a string include the following in the filter expression Dot or period Matches a single character Example SERVER Matches SERVER1 and SERVERA Does not match SERVER12 or SERVER continued 303531 A Rev 00 6 129 Configuring IPX Table 6 1 Services Characters in SAP Pattern Matching Filters continued Filt
79. method gt Displays information about an IPX interface with the specified encapsulation method host lt address gt Displays information about the IPX interface with the specified host address net lt address gt Displays information about the IPX interface with the specified network address name lt symbolic_name gt Displays information about the IPX host with the specified symbolic name The output includes the following information Interface Name The name of the IPX interface Configured State Specifies if IPX is configured on the router Current State Specifies if IPX is enabled or disabled Network Address The network address Host Address The IPX host address Encapsulation Method The encapsulation method used for this interface C 4 303531 A Rev 00 show ipx rips BCC show Commands for IPX The show ipx rips command displays IPX RIP interface record configuration information The output contains the following information Interface Name Configured State Current State Update Interval Listen Mode Supply Mode Packet In Packet Out Packet Bad Identifies the name of the IPX RIP interface Specifies if IPX is configured on the router Specifies if IPX is enabled or disabled Specifies the frequency of RIP update packet transmissions Specifies if this interface receives periodic or triggered updates Specifies if this interface transmits periodic or triggered updates Number of pack
80. names new terms book titles and variables in command syntax descriptions Where a variable is two or more words the words are connected by an underscore Example If the command syntax is show at lt valid_route gt valid_route is one variable and you substitute one value for it Indicates system output for example prompts and system messages Example Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters Shows menu paths Example Protocols gt IP identifies the IP option on the Protocols menu Separates choices for command keywords and arguments Enter only one of the choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip alerts routes you enter either show ip alerts or show ip routes but not both all routes explorer frame asynchronous transfer mode attachment unit interface Bootstrap Protocol Basic Rate Interface International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee now ITU T carrier sense multiple access with collision detection data link connection identifier Data Link Control Management Interface 303531 A Rev 00 xix Configuring IPX Services GNS GUI HDLC IP IPX IPXCP ISDN ISO ITU T LAN LSAP MAC MAU MDI X MIB MTU NBMA NCP NDS NIC OSI OSPF PDN PNN PPP PROM RIF RIP get nearest server graphical user interface high level data link control Internet Protocol Internetwork Packet Exchange Internetwork Pack
81. network table If the requested NetBIOS name matches a table entry the Bay Networks router forwards the query request packet out only one IPX interface toward the destination network If a match does not exist the router propagates the query request packet out all IPX interfaces in conformance with the IPX specification In Figure 6 8 for example when end system ES1 wants to find and establish a connection to a NetBIOS application on the IPX server ES2 it generates a query request broadcast packet Router R1 receives the broadcast packet consults its NetBIOS Name to IPX Destination Network table finds that the NetBIOS application being requested is mapped to network B and routes the packet out interface 1 Similarly router R3 consults its NetBIOS Name to IPX Destination Network table upon receiving the NetBIOS query request and routes the packet out its interface to network B 6 82 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX R2 z L Interface 3 Tick Delay 6 ES1 Interface 1 _ES2 R1 Tick Delay 3 R3 Network A E L E L Network B Interface 2 Tick Delay 12 IPX server IPX0015A Figure 6 8 NetBIOS Static Routes Each IPX router interface supports up to 50 NetBIOS static routes Each NetBIOS static
82. opens 5 Set the Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 42 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Determining the Pace of SAP Packets The SAP pace determines the frequency in packets per second at which SAP sends packets on a circuit By default SAP sends 18 packets per second on a circuit You can specify a SAP pace from 0 to 1000 packets per second If you enter a value of 0 there is no limit on the pace Using the BCC To specify the SAP pace navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter pace packets_per_second packets_per_second is the number of packets from 0 to 1000 that SAP sends per second For example to set the IPX SAP interface pace to 20 packets per seconds enter sap 00023456 pace 20 303531 A Rev 00 6 63 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the SAP pace complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Pace parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 42 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window
83. route specifies a NetBIOS resource name and a destination network where the resource resides Adding a NetBIOS Static Route When you first add a NetBIOS static route you must supply the name of the target server and the address of the target network You cannot change the name of the target server or the address of the target network The target server name can consist of up to 16 alphanumeric characters The name of a NetBIOS target server can include wildcard and pattern matching characters any printable character including and so on To specify a backslash enter two backslashes You can also use the hexadecimal equivalent xx of any valid ASCII character For example you can specify 20 for space or 21 for note that xx counts as one character For a list of the wildcards and pattern matching characters see Table 6 1 on page 5 129 When you send NETBIOS packets over a network you must specify the address of a destination network that you want to receive NetBIOS broadcast packets destined for the specified target server You can specify a target network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters 303531 A Rev 00 6 83 Configuring IPX Services By default the static route record is enabled active when you first add it Using the BCC To add a NetBIOS static route navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter static netbios route name name network address name is the symbolic na
84. router interface 2 needs to support all the different encapsulation types and multiple logical network addresses for the workstations Router interface 1 needs to support only the SNAP encapsulation type that server 1 supports 4 2 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for LAN Media E a i Encapsulation Real Encapsulation method address method SNAP o 0x00000110 SNAP 0x000F123 Server 1 0x00000111 Novell Ee SS 0x00000112 LSAP Interface 1 Interface 2 a SS 0x00000113 Ethernet E IPXO001A Figure 4 1 Multiple IPX Interfaces per Physical Circuit Note If you are upgrading client and server stations on your network to Novell NetWare Version 4 x you can use the multiple interface per circuit capability to gradually migrate stations on the same network segment to NetWare Version 4 x that is from one logical network to another independent logical network For example you can upgrade and migrate NetWare clients from a logical network that supports only Novell 802 3 encapsulated frames to a logical network that supports a more versatile LSAP 802 2 frame type To specify the encapsulation method see Choosing a Frame Encapsulation Type on page 4 1 303531 A Rev 00 4 3 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To configure multiple interfaces on a single circuit you must specify a unique
85. supports various combinations of physical circuits and data link layer frame formats You can choose the ones that are appropriate for the types of clients and applications on your network 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Table 1 1 lists the types of LAN circuits and frame formats supported by Bay Networks routers running IPX Table 1 1 LAN Circuit and Frame Support for IPX Interfaces Frame Type Frame Type Circuit Type Novell Terminology Bay Networks Terminology Ethernet ETHERNET l ETHERNET ETHERNET _802 2 LSAP ETHERNET _802 3 NOVELL ETHERNET_SNAP SNAP Token ring TOKEN RING LSAP TOKEN RING_SNAP SNAP FDDI N A LSAP SNAP Table 1 2 shows the relationships between different WAN circuits WAN protocols and frame formats supported by Bay Networks routers running IPX Table 1 2 WAN Circuit and Frame Support for IPX Interfaces Frame Format Circuit Type WAN Protocol Bay Networks Terminology Synchronous V 35 ATM SNAP RS 232 V 24 Frame relay SNAP RS 422 423 PPP PPP X 21 SMDS SNAP T1 Fractional T1 X 25 Point to Point ETHERNET E1 Fractional E1 X 25 PDN RFC 1356 Bay Networks Point to Point ETHERNET HSSI ATM SNAP Frame relay SNAP PPP PPP SMDS SNAP Bay Networks Point to Point ETHERNET ISDN PPP PPP 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts You can use these tables when you select an encapsulation method For more information about the encapsulation method see
86. the sections Configuring RIP Timers on page 6 43 and Configuring SAP Timers on page 6 58 for more detailed information Using Static Routes A Static route specifies a transmission path between networks The static route feature lets you manually define an IPX route to a destination network Static routes specify the next hop in the transmission path a datagram must follow based on the datagram s destination address You configure a static route to restrict the paths that packets can follow A Bay Networks router running IPX lets you configure static routes on each logical IPX interface 6 110 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using static routes is most valuable over wide area links where bandwidth is at a premium Static route support also enhances internetwork security because it can brestrict traffic across specific IPX networks protecting sensitive internetwork resources Static route support for IPX can do the following e Direct all IPX traffic not destined for this network to an adjacent host The adjacent host may be the actual destination or it may be the next hop to the eventual destination network See Configuring an Adjacent Host for an Interface on page 6 92 for more information about adjacent hosts e Reduce routing traffic by disabling the RIP supply function on all or a subset of attached interfaces that are configured with static routes e Provide security by eliminating all dynamic r
87. to the Configuration Manager window 6 Inthe Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 7 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 8 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 9 Choose Adj Hosts 10 Choose an adjacent host from the list The IPX Adjacent Host window opens The IPX Adjacent Hosts Configuration window opens 11 Set the following parameters Remote Party Sub Address Remote Party Type of Number Adjacent Host Type Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 51 12 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Dial Services for IPX A dial service provides access to a switched network by means of a dial up line also called a switched line Dial up lines are active only as needed that is when there is data to send across the network or when a dial up line acts as a backup for a failed or congested leased line Dial up lines can be a cost effective alternative to leased lines and packet networks which are permanent connections and therefore available regardless of network traffic If you send a limited amount of data or your data transmission is intermittent dial up lines can be less expensive than leased lines and they maximize network performance and flexibility The Bay Networks router provides t
88. used within the IPX internetwork 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 7 B 70 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Filter Priority Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Route Filter None 0 to the maximum positive integer Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 13 Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Route Filter Outbound Outbound Inbound Both Specifies whether you want to apply the filter to inbound packets outbound packets or both Specify Inbound if you want to apply the filter to RIP packets coming into this interface Specify Both if you want to filter both inbound and outbound packets 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 8 Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Route Filter Any Any Local RIP Static Applies this filter only to routes learned from the specified protocol wh
89. 023456 Sstatic route target network 0x00004545 next hop host 0x000008998987 303531 A Rev 00 6 113 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the address of the next hop host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Static Route The IPX Static Routes window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Static Route Configuration window opens 6 Set the Next Hop hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 57 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Changing the Target Network Address If you are using the static route feature you specified the target network address when you first configured to the static route You cannot change the target network once you have configured the static route Using the BCC To determine the target network address navigate to the IPX static route prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static route 00023456 00054321 000000765432 and enter target network 6 114 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To view the target network address complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure
90. 16 precedence priority 1 10 multiple circuits per segment 1 12 multiple interfaces per circuit 1 12 multiple IPX interfaces per circuit 1 3 multiple host router 1 12 4 7 N Name IPX interface parameter B 23 NCP Network Control Protocol 5 3 NDS NetWare Directory Services 6 58 Nearest Server Reply IPX SAP circuit parameter B 44 negotiation IPXCP link 5 13 IPXWAN connection 5 3 IPXWAN link 5 13 NetBIOS broadcast packet Type 20 6 82 Type 20 broadcast packets 1 5 NetBIOS Accept IPX interface parameter B 27 NetBIOS broadcast filtering 6 88 NetBIOS Deliver IPX interface parameter B 27 Index 4 NetBIOS packet filtering 6 91 use with nonstandard static routing 6 86 use with standard static routing 6 88 NetBIOS packet flow 6 92 NetBIOS static routes configuration parameter descriptions B 46 parameter descriptions B 48 NetWare bindery 6 56 Directory Services NDS 6 58 Novell 4 3 network fully meshed 6 50 nonfully meshed 6 50 network address logical 4 2 Network Control Protocol NCP 5 3 network number 5 3 primary 5 6 network level services 1 3 nonfully meshed network 6 50 split horizon disabled 6 51 Novell NetWare 4 3 standards 6 110 Novell Certification Conformance advanced global parameter B 21 Novell Inc 1 2 number of IPX interfaces per circuit 4 11 P Pace IPX RIP circuit parameter B 37 IPX SAP circuit parameter B 42 Packet Size IPX RIP circui
91. 22 Cancel Enable ENABLE Mode LISTEN SUPPLY Pace 18 Update Interval sec Age Multiplier Packet Size Use Multicast Split Horizon ENABLE Immediate Update ENABLE Default Route Supply ENABLE Figure B 7 IPX RIP Circuit Window 303531 A Rev 00 B 35 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Enable Enable Disable Specifies whether RIP is enabled on this IPX circuit Select Enable to enable RIP on this circuit Select Disable to disable RIP on this circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 2 Note If this parameter is set to Enable a route filter can still prohibit the interface from updating its internal routing tables Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Listen Supply Listen Supply Listen Supply Specifies the mode for this circuit Select one of the following values Listen Supply specifies that this interface both listens for and supplies RIP updates Listen specifies that this interface listens to RIP periodic and triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table Supply specifies that the interface transmits all RIP periodic and triggered update
92. 3 RIP and SAP broadcast 6 109 token ring configuring host ID numbers 4 6 token ring interface configuring IPX on 4 6 TR End Station IPX interface parameter B 26 traffic filters with Dial on Demand 6 104 Type 20 broadcast packet NetBIOS 1 5 6 82 U Unnumbered RIP 1 3 Update Interval IPX RIP circuit parameter B 37 IPX SAP circuit parameter B 43 upper layer protocol handling packets associated with 1 5 WwW WAN circuits 1 17 link delay 5 3 media 5 2 watchdog acknowledgment 6 104 Watchdog Spoofing parameter IPX B 29 wildcard search characters used with show commands C 2 wildcards with SAP filters 6 127 Xx Xerox Network System XNS 1 2 303531 A Rev 00 Index 7
93. 5 13 connectionless datagram protocol 1 2 conventions text xviii Index 1 Cost IPX interface parameter B 25 tick 6 38 D data link layer addresses 1 6 4 5 datagram 1 2 default route support 1 3 deleting IPX route filters B 74 RIP from an interface 3 5 service name filters B 88 static routes B 61 static services B 67 deleting a service network filter B 82 Destination Count advanced global parameter B 17 dial backup 6 101 dial services advantages of 6 101 descriptions 6 101 types of 6 101 Dial on Demand 1 3 6 102 with static routing 6 103 6 111 with traffic filters 6 104 dynamic routing 1 3 E editing IPX change circuit parameters B 40 IPX interface parameters B 22 route filter configuration parameters B 67 server name filter parameters 6 134 A 21 static route parameters B 59 static routes B 56 static service parameters B 64 editing IPX advanced global parameters B 22 educational services xxii Enable IPX interface parameter B 23 encapsulation method 4 2 Index 2 encapsulation types See frame encapsulation types end station support 1 5 end station support token ring end station support 6 26 F filter adding service network filters B 74 deleting service name filters B 88 editing service name filters 6 134 A 21 NetBIOS broadcast 6 88 SAP 6 122 SAP filter concatenation rules and operators 6 131 SAP filter pattern matching 6 123 SAP filtering exam
94. 6 57 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To disable or reenable SAP complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 41 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring SAP Timers Configurable SAP timers are similar in function to configurable RIP timers You configure the update interval by determining the timeout time which consists of the frequency of SAP update transmissions and the holding multiplier for information received in SAP periodic updates By default the timeout time is three times the standard 60 second SAP advertisement update interval or 180 seconds Configuring SAP timers can reduce IPX SAP overhead and enhance bandwidth availability You can eliminate periodic SAP advertisements by setting configurable SAP timers to 0 thus only triggered SAP updates are propagated 6 58 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX To ensure proper SAP operation all configurable SAP timers must be set at equal advertisement intervals on all Bay Networks router interfaces attached to common IPX network
95. AN multicast address to 0x00432567 enter rip 00023456 multicast enabled rip 00023456 back rip 00023456 multicast address 0x00432567 To disable multicasting navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter rip 00023456 multicast disabled 6 48 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To enable multicasting and specify a WAN multicast address complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Use Multicast parameter Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on page B 38 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the FR Multicast hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on page B 28 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring Split Horizon The split horizon algorithm is part of the Novell specification for the IPX protocol Its purpose is to prevent circular routes and redu
96. AP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter supply disabled To specify that IPX transmits periodic or triggered SAP updates navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter supply enabled For example to specify that an IPX interface transmits triggered updates enter sap 00023456 Supply enabled To specify that IPX not learn routes received in SAP updates from neighboring routers navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter listen disabled To specify that IPX learns routes received in SAP updates from neighboring routers navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter listen enabled For example to specify that the IPX interface learns routes received in SAP updates from neighboring routers enter sap 00023456 listen enabled 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify whether IPX transmits or learns periodic or triggered SAP updates complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window
97. AP packet size in bytes used on this circuit Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 480 save full name Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the router to either save all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets or ignore all characters after the null character when a service field name is less than 48 bytes enabled disabled enabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 A 19 Configuring IPX Services Table A 8 SAP Parameters continued split horizon Description Determines if the interface includes SAP routes learned on the interface when transmitting SAP updates Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled state Description Enables or disables SAP on this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled supply Description Determines if the interface transmits all SAP periodic and triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled triggered update Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the router to immediately propagate change in status information to other routers in the internetwork enabled disabled enabled update interval Description Legal values Default value Adjusts the frequency of SAP update packet transmissions in seconds for this circuit lt unsigned integer gt 60
98. Array SDA Monitor 045B Sybase 0474 Sybase 0475 continued D 6 303531 A Rev 00 Common Service Types and Identifiers Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier Novix TCP IP support NLM 04DC SiteLock Checks 0520 Certus Anti Virus NLM master 0523 SiteLock Checks 0529 Delrina WinFax Pro network 0553 McAfee s NetShield anti virus 0580 SiteLock 0B29 SiteLock Applications 0C29 SofTrack for NW Version 3 x 0C2C LAI SiteLock 2380 Meeting Maker 238C SofTrack for NW Version 4 x 2C0C SiteLock Server Brightworks 4808 SiteLock User 5555 Tapeware 6312 Rabbit 3270 Gateway 6F00 Intel NetPort Print Server 8002 WordPerfect Network Version 8008 Unknown 8069 Unknown 8746 McAfee s NetShield anti virus 9000 SQL Monitor IPX 9604 Unknown 9892 Unknown Co00C continued 303531 A Rev 00 D 7 Configuring IPX Services Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier SiteLock Metering VAP NLM F11F SiteLock F1FF SQL Server IPX F503 D 8 303531 A Rev 00 Appendix E Sample IPX Configuration This appendix provides a sample IPX configuration Depending on the interface type and service requirements the network uses different encapsulations Configurations are provided for Router 1 and Router 2 Figure D 1 The network configuration
99. CP successfully negotiates the network number the IPX interface becomes active on the link e If IPXCP fails to negotiate a network number the IPX interface cannot become active Configuration Guidelines Configuration 3 e IPXCP Use any valid value for the IPX network number when configuring the local or remote PPP interface e IPXWAN No configuration requirements Configuration 4 Interfaces Do Not Share IPXCP or IPXWAN In this configuration the lower layer has no means of negotiating an IPX network number for the link For this reason you must manually configure the network number of the local and remote IPX interfaces to the same value Customizing IPX After selecting a circuit and configuring the associated WAN parameters your circuit is operational The default values set for the remaining parameters apply to most environments However if you want to configure a circuit in a particular way refer to Chapter 6 Customizing IPX 5 16 303531 A Rev 00 Chapter 6 Customizing IPX In most cases after you add a circuit and supply the basic LAN or WAN settings described in Chapters 3 and 4 you can accept the default values for the remaining parameters and begin sending packets over the network To customize IPX use the information in the following sections Topic Page Customizing IPX Global Parameters 6 2 Customizing an
100. Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 28 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 31 Configuring IPX Services Setting the Delay Time You can specify the length of time from 0 through 2 147 483 647 microseconds required to transmit 1 byte of data excluding protocol headers to a destination on the other end of this IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Using the BCC To specify the maximum amount of time to transmit 1 byte of data navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter delay microseconds microseconds is a value from 0 to 2 147 483 647 microseconds For example to specify that the router should take 10 000 microseconds to transmit 1 byte of date enter ipx 00023456 delay 10000 Using Site Manager To specify the amount of time to transmit 1 byte of data complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Delay parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 29 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 32 303531 A Rev 00 Spe
101. DOS Win32 Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 i of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software the rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product may be Copyright 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and oth
102. Figure B 8 IPX SAP Circuit Window Parameter Enable Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function Specifies whether SAP is enabled on this IPX circuit Instructions Select Enable to enable SAP on this circuit select Disable to disable it MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 2 Note If this parameter is set to Enable a SAP filter can still prohibit the interface from updating its internal SAP tables See the description of SAP filtering in t 303531 A Rev 00 B 41 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Listen Supply Listen Supply Listen Supply Specifies the mode for this circuit Select one of the following values Listen Supply specifies that this interface both listens for and supplies SAP updates Listen specifies that this interface listens to SAP periodic and triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received SAP services information to its internal SAP services table Supply specifies that the interface transmits all SAP periodic and triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 6 Pace Configuration Manager gt Protocols g
103. Hosts The IPX Adjacent Hosts window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Adjacent Host Configuration window opens Set the Host Address parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 51 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Entering a WAN Address If the interface you are configuring is on an ATM or SMDS network supply a WAN address of up to 16 hexadecimal characters If the interface is on a frame relay network enter a WAN address or a decimal data link connection identifier number 6 96 303531 A Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing IPX To specify a WAN address navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter wan number number number is one of the following Number Interface Up to 16 character hexadecimal number ATM or SMDS network Decimal DLCI number X 121 address Frame relay network X 25 switched virtual circuit Logical channel number X 25 permanent virtual circuit Using Site Manager To specify the WAN address complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Conf
104. POS UE eS aa tia piind abiag pyar asesmaninintarmannasennaynads 1 6 Multipath Routngand Load Shanhg ac cacstscseiss ncisaanctiasatia cas se seadausebtetexeguteaieaee seaxean cenieaiats 1 7 PAI GUUS dccerni ESE 1 7 Load Redistrib tion and Reroutihg sessies inanasan anoe asiaan 1 10 Multipath Route Precedence Priority esscr aa rere cela imu 1 10 Mulipatkt os INS sipini na is cate AENEA N 1 10 eunin CRE gana a a a a 1 10 Topes of IPX CWO NG rccctce nace tact taacebaisccaneneincncaieglacedaunieasddasardacensadtiddanacsteessteaabes 1 12 PAFO UDOT dira A eet deren 1 13 Role of Bay Networks Routers in a Client Server Connection hide Gatun 1 13 Example Client Server Connection via Bay Networks Router cceeeeeeeees 1 15 For More Information About IPX aroia eiaeiiai aaaea 1 17 117369 B Rev 00 v Chapter 2 Starting IPX Services Using the BCC BSTC IPX imeenea rE EEEE EEA 2 2 Step 1 Configuring a Physieal Interface siisii 2 2 Step 2 Configuring an IPX Interface 06 rn er iii Gens ree te 2 2 Staring IPXWAN SNS asses pacers ea veaide eane ea a ceanati cance Meee iaaa 2 3 Step 1 Configuring a Physical Interface cc ccecceececeeeceeeececeeeeeeeeeesecaeenaeeeseeeaaes 2 3 Step 2 Configuring a WAN Protocol 006 aai i paion PEET 2 4 Step 3 Configuring an IPXWAN Interface seeesseesssessssssssnssrssssrrssrrnesrnnssnnesnnssnns 2 4 T VP sen xn sera Sess asta nd saa ena T San EE E E E dear exis 2
105. PX static route parameters establish a static route To configure IPX static route parameters navigate to the static route prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static route 00023456 00054321 000000765432 Table A 11 Static Route Parameters hops Description Legal values Default value Specifies the number of hops required for an IPX datagram to traverse this static route lt unsigned integer gt 0 next hop host Description Legal values Default value Specifies the host address in up to 12 hexadecimal characters of the down stream router s IPX interface lt octet string length 6 fill left gt none state Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the static route record in the IPX routing tables enabled disabled enabled target network Description Legal values Default value Specifies the address of the network to which you want to configure the static route lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none ticks Description Legal values Default value Specifies the number of 1 18th second timer ticks required for an IPX datagram to traverse this static route lt unsigned integer gt 0 303531 A Rev 00 A 25 Configuring IPX Services Static Service Parameters IPX static service parameters establish a static NetWare service for each interface on a Bay Networks router To configure IPX
106. PX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter number_of_hops is in the range of 1 to the maximum number of hops minus 1 For example to set the maximum number of hops to 3 enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 hops 3 6 80 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the number of hops complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Set the Hop Count parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 66 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Customizing NetBIOS Static Routing NetBIOS establishes sessions logical connections and allows for communication between PCs You can map NetBIOS names to IPX destination networks by configuring a NetBIOS static route to a NetBIOS service name The IPX router then converts the broadcast NetBIOS packets to directed broadcast NetBIOS packets which are usually forwarded to all network interfaces on a single network This reduces the amount of network traffic due to NetBIOS query requ
107. Parameters continued stabilization timer Description Legal values Default value Determines the amount of time in seconds that RIP SAP waits before sending out initial route information when a dial on demand route first becomes enabled lt unsigned integer gt 0 state Description Legal values Default value svcbroadcast Description Legal values Default value throughput Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables IPX routing on this interface enabled disabled enabled Determines whether the router should establish frame relay SVCs for all adjacent hosts before sending RIP and SAP updates enabled disabled disabled Specifies the amount of traffic in bits per second that can flow through an IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic lt unsigned integer gt 0 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters IPX Adjacent Host Parameters IPX adjacent hosts parameters establish an adjacent host To configure IPX adjacent host parameters navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 Table A 5 IPX Adjacent Host Parameters host address Description Specifies the address in hexadecimal notation of the IPX adjacent host Legal values lt octet string length 6 fill left gt Default value none state Description Enables or disables the IPX adja
108. Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Hop Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route 0 0 to the value of the Maximum Hops parameter minus 1 The IPX router uses the hop count when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The hop count is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for static routes means use the hop count associated with the interface Accept the default 0 or enter a value from 1 to one less than the maximum number of hops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 7 Ticks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route 0 0 to maximum positive integer Specifies the number of 1 18th second timer ticks required for an IPX datagram to traverse this static route The IPX router uses tick cost when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The tick cost is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for the tick cost of static routes means use the tick count associated with the interface Accept the default value 0 or enter a value from 1 to the maximum positive integer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 6 Next Hop Host hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route None Any valid host address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the address of the next hop host in the static routing path Enter a next hop ho
109. Route A has a tick cost of 2 route B has a tick cost of 3 Because route A has the lower tick cost the router selects it as the best route to the destination If you want traffic to go over route B you can set the tick cost of route A to 4 which then forces traffic to go over route B IPX routing decisions can be based on tick values that you define This allows the implementation of tick based routing over non IPX WAN links for example HDLC encapsulation letting you optimize IPX network performance In Figure 6 2 for example traffic generated by end system 1 ES1 on network A is directed to the IPX server ES2 on network B over interface 2 route of least tick delay However other protocols such as IP AppleTalk and OSI will most likely select this route as the least cost path between network A and network B as well Consequently traffic congestion over this route may preclude it from being the most efficient path between these two network segments By specifying the interface cost value you can assign a lower cost to interface 1 on router 1 so that IPX traffic is routed through interface 1 This lets you maximize IPX internetwork performance between networks A and B even though it traverses two T1 lines instead of one 303531 A Rev 00 6 35 Configuring IPX Services
110. SAP information to 20 ipx aging frequency 20 6 10 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To specify the interval for aging RIP and SAP information complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Aging Frequency parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 18 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Aging Pending Frequency You can specify the number of routes and services to age process before pending A higher number lets the aging process proceed more quickly Do not change the default value of 100 unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value between 1 and the maximum number of routers and services that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To set the number of routes and servic
111. Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Adjacent Hosts Parameters IPX adjacent hosts parameters determine the location of an adjacent host You access these parameters in the IPX Adjacent Hosts window Figure B 12 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Ckt 1 Host 0x000000002345 pans Add Delete Apply Values Help p _ Enable ENABLE j WAN Number 0x05 Remote Party Sub Address 0x9876 Remote Party Type of Number INTERNATIONAL Adjacent Host Type DEFAULT Figure B 12 IPX Adjacent Hosts Window Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts Enable Enable Disable Sets the state active or inactive of the adjacent host record in the IPX host tables Select Disable to make the adjacent host record inactive in the IPX host table Select Enable to make the adjacent host record active in the IPX host table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 2 303531 A Rev 00 B 53 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID WAN Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add None WAN Address Data Link Connection Identifier X 25 PVC Logical Channel Number Lets you enter a WAN address DLCI or X 25 PVC logical channel number The format depends on the underlying data link protocol type Enter a WAN address o
112. Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Adj Hosts The IPX Adjacent Hosts window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Adjacent Host Configuration window opens 6 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 53 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Entering the ID of the Adjacent Host If you are not using RIP on a circuit supply the host ID of the adjacent host You can enter a host ID of up to 12 hexadecimal characters Once you supply the host ID of the adjacent host you cannot change it Using the BCC To configure an adjacent host and specify its address navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter host address address address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the adjacent host For example ipx 00023456 host address 000012345678 303531 A Rev 00 6 95 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the host ID of the adjacent host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Adj
113. TATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Licensee is responsible for the security of 303531 A Rev 00 iii its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or altered files data or programs 4 Limitation of liability INNO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE 5 Government Licensees This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly by or on behalf of the United States Government The Software and documentation are commercial products licensed on the open market at market prices and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U S Government funds The license to the U S Government is granted only with restricted rights and use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject t
114. Tane Add Delete Apply Values Help Enable Network hex Host Number hex Socket hex Hop Count Figure B 16 IPX Static Services Window B 64 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables a static service previously added to a specific IPX interface Select Enable to reenable a static service previously disabled This restores client access to NetWare services configured earlier on the IPX interface Disable a static service to make NetWare services configured earlier unavailable to clients 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 2 Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv None Any valid IPX network address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the network address of this service Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters The path to the network you specify for this service must exist as an entry in the IPX routing table The entry can be learned dynamically by the router or you can configure the entry as a static route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 7
115. The Edit Connector window opens click on the connector from which you want to delete RIP and SAP services 2 Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens 3 Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 4 Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens The RIP SAP button is highlighted to show that RIP and SAP are enabled on the circuit 5 Select and click on OK Site Manager deletes RIP and SAP services from the connector You return to the Circuit Definition window 6 Choose File The File menu opens 7 Choose Exit You return to the Configuration Manager window Customizing RIP and SAP The instructions in this chapter show you how to start RIP and SAP using all default values and settings For information about modifying RIP defaults see Customizing RIP Parameters on page 6 38 For information about modifying RIP defaults see Customizing SAP Parameters on page 6 56 303531 A Rev 00 3 5 Chapter 4 Customizing IPX for LAN Media You can use IPX services over either a LAN or a WAN This chapter relates specifically to using IPX over a LAN For information specific to using IPX over a WAN see Chapter 5 Customizing IPX for WAN Media For information about customizing IPX features for both LANs and a WANs see Chapter 6 Customizing IPX Topic Page Specifying Multiple Interfaces per Circuit 4 1 IPX Host ID Numbers 4 5
116. WAN interfaces or for those with the IPXWAN parameter explicitly disabled Enter a valid IPX network number in hexadecimal notation 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 22 Note The Configured Network Number parameter is active only for circuits that are not configured as IPXWAN interfaces The IPXWAN Common Network Number and Negotiated Protocol s parameters appear only when the circuit is configured as an IPXWAN interface 303531 A Rev 00 B 31 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Configured Encaps Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change Circuit media dependent Ethernet LSAP Novell SNAP PPP Specifies the encapsulation method such as Ethernet PPP Novell LSAP or SNAP available for each circuit type such as Ethernet token ring or sync The encapsulation method supports communication on a specific logical network Select an encapsulation method that matches the one the clients and servers on the same logical network use and is appropriate for the physical circuit as follows e Ethernet circuits support Ethernet LSAP Novell and SNAP frames e Token ring circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames e Synchronous circuits V 35 RS 232 V 24 RS 422 423 X 21 T1 E1 support SNAP PPP and X 25 Point to Point Ether
117. Window sisiisiireisiisoneiiaiiinnn B 67 IPX Route Filters WiInNgOwW sos cssoutiusivaieaucdy caasuuidied iaeia B 69 IPX Service Network Filter Configuration Window cceeeeeees B 74 IPX Service Network Filters WindOW ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeess B 77 IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Window cccceseeeeeeeee B 82 IPX Service Name Filters WIN GOW ssi iosscdacsctncw itsccesciecansicensteeceanienestconces B 84 sample IP CII IN esisi a aii E 2 303531 A Rev 00 Tables Table 1 1 LAN Circuit and Frame Support for IPX Interfaces ossee 1 4 Table 1 2 WAN Circuit and Frame Support for IPX Interfaces cceeeeeeeees 1 4 Table 5 1 Configuration Table for IPX over WAN Media ccccssseeeceeesteeeeeeees 5 14 Table 6 1 Characters in SAP Pattern Matching Filters eeens 6 129 Table 6 2 Concatenation Rules and Operators Roberta ikeebis iets E 6 131 Table A 1 PX VS PA meS aia A 2 Table A 2 IPXWAN Parametrs js cases sis isadendeivandetare qeosiautvinedauuieacedinis aiii A 6 Table A 3 Static NetBIOS Route Parameters cocasicscsccaiisnisstacinsssecessasoracutnesecmuae A 9 Table A 4 IPX Interlace ParamelerS ses sicssesdesisazsaseviaasasineimaisiariamietieaneniees A 10 Table A 5 IPX Adjacent Host Parameters c cccccccceccsseceeseeeesseeeesseeesseeesseeeens A 13 Table A 6 AIP Parame EI aa abn de Neeed caadedind acetone enedeheptaabeb aorta artes A 14 Table A 7 Route Filte
118. X Parameters IPXWAN Configuration Parameters Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID The IPX configuration parameters enable you to get IPX using IPX WAN services up and running quickly by supplying only the required configuration information and accepting the defaults supplied by Bay Networks for all other Site Manager parameters You access these parameters via the IPXWAN Configuration window Figure B 2 This window opens after you enable IPXWAN services in the IPX Configuration window Router Name Primary Net Number hex Figure B 2 IPXWAN Configuration Window Router Name Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Enable IPX WAN None Any valid NetWare router or server name Specifies a symbolic name for the router Any IPX WAN RFC 1634 compliant interface on the node uses this name to identify itself to the IPX router or server at the opposite end of the WAN data link The symbolic name for the router must be unique among those assigned to IPX file servers and routers anywhere in the IPX internetwork See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a router or server name You should make the name meaningful to users 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 B 7 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Primary Net Number
119. advertisements can force dial on demand connections to be continuously established preventing user defined dial on demand expiration time limits from being reached See the Using Static Routing with Dial on Demand on page 6 103 for more information Adding a Static Service When adding a static service you must supply e The name of the service you want to advertise You can use the actual name of the server that the clients will attach to Make this name meaningful to the network administrator The name must be unique among all names assigned to IPX servers of the same type on the IPX internetwork Once you supply a service name you cannot change it See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a server name e The Novell service type you want to advertise from the associated IPX LAN interface For a list of common service types see Chapter D Common Service Types and Identifiers 6 74 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX e Services that have valid network addresses Valid network addresses are provided either by RIP or by statically configured routes If you try to enter any services that have invalid network addresses in the router configuration the router accepts the information but the services are unreachable Using the BCC To add a static service navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter s
120. agram to traverse this static route The IPX router uses tick cost when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The tick cost is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for the tick cost of static routes means use the tick count associated with the interface Accept the default value 0 or enter a value from to the maximum positive integer 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 6 B 58 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Static Route Parameter Descriptions Ej IPX Static Routes Ckt 1 Target Network Oxfffffffe one Add Delete Apply EAT Help pi ae Enable ENABLE Hop Count 0 Ticks 0 Next Hop Host hex 0x000000000002 Figure B 14 IPX Static Routes Window Parameter Enable Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function Specifies the state active or inactive of the static route record in the IPX routing tables Instructions Select Disable to make the static route record inactive in the IPX routing table Select Enable to make the static route record active in the IPX routing table MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 2 303531 A Rev 00 B 59 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter
121. al Listen Mode Supply Mode Packet In Packet Out Packet Bad show ipx server name filters The name of the IPX SAP interface Specifies if SAP is configured on the router Specifies if SAP is enabled or disabled Specifies the frequency of RIP update packet transmissions Specifies if this interface receives periodic or triggered updates Specifies if this interface transmits periodic or triggered updates Number of packets received Number of packets delivered Number of packets corrupted The show ipx server name filters command displays IPX server name filter information The show ipx server name filters command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments direction lt filter_direction gt net lt address gt proto lt protocol gt interface lt name gt Displays information about the IPX server name filter that filters data packets travelling in the specified direction Displays information about IPXserver name filter applied to the specified network Displays information about the IPX server name filter applied to the specified protocol Displays information about the IPX server name filter applied to and interface having the specified symbolic name C 8 303531 A Rev 00 BCC show Commands for IPX The output contains the following information Server Name Server Network Current State Interface Name Prio Filter Type Direction The name of th
122. al segment This packet requests the best path to the server s network Router s RIP response The router on the same network as the client refers to its route table and sends a RIP response to the client The RIP response identifies the network on which the client resides The RIP response also contains the server s internal network address and the intervening hop and tick count Client s NCP request The client sends a Network Core Protocol NCP create connection request to the server The request includes the router s MAC address as the destination address at the data link layer Within the IPX header the destination network address is the internal address and the destination node address of the file server The client forwards the packet to the router 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts Router forwards packet The router running IPX forwards the packet to the network identified by the destination network address Example Client Server Connection via Bay Networks Router In the example shown in Figure 1 5 client A sends a SAP request to locate a file server Here is what happens as a result of that request 1 Because the server does not reside on LAN A the same LAN as client A the Bay Networks IPX router host 2 sends a SAP response to client A informing it that the file server host 3 on token ring 6 is the nearest device offering the requested service Client A then sends a RIP request to determine the be
123. alue OXFFFFFFFFFFFF causes the data link layer to issue a multicast packet on all active virtual circuits The value is not actually included in the MAC field of the packet on the WAN The packet instead contains a value that is appropriate for the type of data link protocol 6 30 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX You can accept the default value or enter a WAN multicast address to send all multicast traffic through the IPX interface you are configuring With the default value the IPX router sends all multicast traffic through all logical connections associated with the IPX interface you are configuring Note that Site Manager does not display the default value Ox FRFFFFFFFFFF Using the BCC To specify a WAN multicast address for an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter multicast address address address is a valid WAN multicast address in hexadecimal format For example to assign the WAN multicast address 0x01203405 enter ipx 00023456 multicast address 0x01203405 Using Site Manager To specify a WAN multicast address for an interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the FR Multicast hex parameter
124. anager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global None Any valid NetWare router or server name Specifies a symbolic name for the router Any IPX WAN RFC 1634 compliant interface on the node uses this name to identify itself to the IPX router or server at the opposite end of the WAN data link The symbolic name for the router must be unique among those assigned to IPX file servers and routers anywhere in the IPX internetwork See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a router or server name You should make the name meaningful to users 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Primary Net Number hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global None A string of up to 8 hexadecimal characters Specifies an IPX network number for IPXWAN RFC 1634 compliant link negotiation on all slots The value of the primary network number PNN determines whether the local or remote WAN interface serves as IPX link master The node with the higher PNN value becomes the IPX link master The PNN must be unique among network numbers currently assigned Enter a unique network number for each node requiring one or more IPXWAN RFC 1634 compliant interfaces This network number must be unique across the IPX network Do not enter a number that a server is using as an int
125. anager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter gt Add Default None Options Any valid network address in hexadecimal notation Function Specifies the network that you want to filter The value OXFFFFFFFF specifies all networks Instructions Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 6 B 74 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Target Network Mask hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter gt Add None Any valid IPX network address in hexadecimal notation The mask combined with the Target Network parameter value determines which networks will be filtered Enter a network address or filter pattern of up to 8 hexadecimal characters A mask of OXFFFFFFFF specifies an exact match with the network address specified in the Target Network parameter You can specify all networks by entering a Target Network of OxFFFFFFFF and a Target Network Mask of OxFFFFFFFF 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 7 Target Service Type hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter gt Add None Any valid Novell server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Specifies the type of server th
126. ant increase in network traffic 6 50 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Figure 6 5 shows a sample non fully meshed network with split horizon disabled Split Horizon disabled on this interface so that Router B can learn about Network 3 and Router C can learn about Network 2 Kiei 2 Router B Figure 6 5 Split Horizon Disabled in a Non Fully Meshed Network Network 1 e a Frame relay gt gt Router A Router C Network 3 IPX0008A If you disable IPX split horizon IPX sends all router services over non fully meshed frame relay and X 25 topologies For example as shown in Figure 6 5 router A propagates RIP and SAP packets pertaining to router B to router C and vice versa As a result end stations on network 2 can learn about network 3 and end stations on network 3 can learn about network 2 When you enable split horizon for an interface routes learned on that interface are not advertised out that interface 303531 A Rev 00 6 51 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To disable split horizon navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter split horizon disabled To reenable split horiz
127. ar specifications and an action to suppress you could exclude from an IPX interface a type of service from a particular server Note The order in which you create SAP filters does not affect filter precedence Example of Using SAP Filters The following example describes a situation in which you want to configure SAP filters An office complex contains three buildings The employees in each building use only the print services within their own building and have no need to send files to printers outside their building To conserve bandwidth you could configure a SAP filter that suppresses print server advertisements on the interfaces of the routers that connect the three buildings To suppress print server advertisements configure a service network filter on the interfaces of the routers that connect the three buildings and suppress the advertisement of Server Type 0x0047 print server for all networks OXFFFFFFFF Refer to Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of common service types The IPX Service Network Filters window displays each service network filter entry in the router configuration as follows lt filter rule_no gt lt filter_priority gt lt circuit_number gt lt target_network_number gt lt target_network_mask gt lt target_service_type gt After you configure SAP filters you can easily drop all services to allow one or more specific services To drop all services apply a fil
128. arameter B 11 router information broadcast 6 39 Router Name IPX global parameter B 7 B 11 router name valid characters in 5 9 routes dropping all 6 119 Routing Information Field RIF 6 27 Routing Information Protocol RIP 1 3 1 5 6 38 routing table 6 38 6 39 running IPX over frame relay 5 3 over PPP and frame relay 5 3 S SAP 1 5 and NDS 6 58 and the NetWare bindery 6 56 SAP Service Advertising Protocol 1 3 SAP broadcast timers configuring 6 109 SAP filters 6 131 example 6 133 pattern matching 6 123 6 129 pattern matching characters 6 129 prohibiting SAP broadcasts 6 73 service network configuration parameters B 74 wildcards and pattern matching 6 127 Index 5 SAP service configuration parameters B 61 deleting B 67 SAP timer configurable 6 58 SAP update packet transmissions frequency 6 109 server name filter parameters editing 6 134 A 21 Service Advertising Protocol SAP 1 3 1 5 Service Count advanced global parameter B 17 service name filters configuration parameter descriptions B 82 deleting B 88 parameter descriptions B 84 service network filter adding B 74 configuration parameter descriptions B 74 service network filter parameters configuring 6 133 B 74 descriptions B 77 service network filters dropping all services 6 133 service types D 1 services dropping all 6 133 show commands command syntax C 2 online Help for C 2 wildcard search characters C
129. are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 17 Service Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 1 1 to 5000 Indicates the maximum number of services for the router to learn IPX uses this value to preallocate table sizes for service tables If you specify 0 the default value IPX automatically allocates the amount of memory it needs for the tables Changing this value can greatly affect the memory used by IPX but it can also speed learning time for the router Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 19 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Host Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 1 1 to 5000 Indicates the maximum number of next hop hosts for the router to learn IPX uses this valu
130. aree nT 5 16 Chapter 6 Customizing IPX Customizing IPX Global Parameters scirrata 6 2 Setting the Maximum Number of Paths sssaaa niai iii P E 6 2 Filtermg Log lesa SS onc ssnasisnnaniiinl mie einen Specifying the Maximum Number of Ekial oat Paths PANE A E AEN E 6 5 Specifying the Maximum Number of Destinations c cceccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 6 6 Entering the Maximum Number of Services ccccccesceceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesecaeeeeeeeeneees 6 8 Specifying the Aging Time for RIP and SAP Information T ee are 6 10 Specifying the Aging Pending Frequency sssssssssssssssssrrsssrssserssrnssnssrenssnnseensos 6 11 Enabling IFA Dolau Putney sscriovuerienauoseioeiees ania aA IEEE SNE AE 6 13 Selecting the GNS Response Mode E E T maseaan 01 specifying the Table Fill Notify Vale aniuircsrsuininsnii ai 6 16 Specifying the Size of the Network Table 0 ccccsscceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeetsaeeneeneees 6 16 Speciymg the MIB Reply Slol sariarekin aarne a aE NE 6 16 Specifying ihe Routing Method reidnissisnsimsnaanin a he Specifying the Maximum Number of Hops ET orata ets Reins erry 2 alle 117369 B Rev 00 vii Indicating the Number Of Next Hop POSTS cidescsissicsseiaaraiannerrizcereu vant oat inaneasarises 6 19 Customizing an IPX Interface eins Sere err ete Gites itie arnai tenia 6 21 Disabling and Reenabling IPX Routing on an Interface cceeseeeesteeteeteeee
131. arn the entry dynamically or you can configure the entry as a static route If you configure the entry as a static route enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters Using the BCC To specify the address for the static service navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter network address address is the network address for the service in hexadecimal notation For example to specify 0x980976 as the address for a static service enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 network 0x980976 303531 A Rev 00 6 77 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the address for the static service complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Set the Target Network hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 62 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Address of the Host That Provides a Service You must specify the address of a remote IPX host a NetWare server that can provide local c
132. at the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment Enter the server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Include leading zeroes For all types enter a value of OXFFFF See Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of valid server types 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 8 303531 A Rev 00 B 75 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Filter Priority Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter gt Add Default None Options 0 to the maximum number of filters of this type Function Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Instructions Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 14 B 76 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Service Network Filter Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Service Network Filters window Figure B 20 IPX Service Network Filters Rule 1 Pri 0 Ckt 1 Net 0x0000000F Ne Delete Apply Values Help jd et Enable ENABLE Target Network hex 052010101001010 z Target Network Mask hex OxFFFFFFFF Target Service Type hex 0x3333 Filter Priority 0 Mode
133. ate for the physical circuit as follows Ethernet circuits support Ethernet LSAP Novell and SNAP frames Token ring circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames Synchronous circuits V 35 RS 232 V 24 RS 422 423 X 21 T1 E1 support SNAP PPP and X 25 Point to Point Ethernet frames FDDI circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames HSSI circuits support PPP and SNAP frames ISDN circuits support PPP frames 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 40 B 4 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Circuit Index Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces System assigned Any valid circuit identifier Uniquely identifies this circuit within this instance of IPX Accept the default or enter a valid circuit identifier 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 6 IPXWAN Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IPXWAN for this interface on the router This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX WAN interfaces Select Enable to turn on IPXWAN negotiation for this interface Select Disable to turn off IPX WAN negotiation for this interface Not Applicable Common Network Num
134. ations Table 5 1 shows the various WAN protocol configurations likely to exist within local and remote IPX router interfaces Find the configuration that applies to your situation and read the corresponding description Table 5 1 Configuration Table for IPX over WAN Media Remote IPX Interface PPP with PPP without Local IPX IPXWAN with IPXWAN but IPXCP no IPXCP no Interface IPXCP not IPXCP IPXWAN IPXWAN IPXWAN with Configuration 1 Configuration 2 Configuration 3 Configuration 4 IPXCP IPXWAN but Configuration 2 Configuration 2 Configuration 4 Configuration 4 not IPXCP PPP with Configuration 3 Configuration 4 Configuration 3 Configuration 4 IPXCP no IPXWAN PPP without Configuration 4 Configuration 4 Configuration 4 Configuration 4 IPXCP no IPXWAN Bay Networks Version 7 or later to Bay Networks Series 5 x IPX Router Compatibility 5 14 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN Media Configuration 1 IPXWAN with IPXCP on Both Interfaces In this configuration IPXWAN defers to IPXCP for link negotiation e IPXWAN negotiation supersedes IPXCP negotiation regardless of whether IPXCP negotiation succeeds e If IPXWAN negotiates successfully the IPX interface becomes active If IPXWAN negotiation fails the IPX interface cannot become active Configuration Guidelines Configuration 1 e IPXCP Use the value 0 for the IPX network number when configu
135. avigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter table fill notify integer integer is any valid integer For example to set the table fill notify value to 500 enter ipx table fill notify 500 Specifying the Size of the Network Table To specify the size of the network table navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter network table size integer integer is any valid integer For example to set the size of the network table to 300 enter ipx network table size 300 Specifying the MIB Reply Slot To specify the slot where IPX sends MIB replies navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter mib reply slot s ot_no slot_no is any valid slot number For example to set the MIB reply slot to slot 4 enter ipx mib reply slot 4 6 16 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Specifying the Routing Method You can specify a method for making IPX best route decisions for all slots based on time delays ticks incurred or hops encountered for packet delivery The router can assess the time delay in one of the following ways e Number of timer ticks the amount of time expressed in ticks that a packet requires to reach another network segment Each timer tick equals approximately 1 18 of a second The maximum configurable number of ticks is 65 534 This value multiplied by 1 18 of a second equals 3600 seconds or 60 minutes e Number of hops the nu
136. aximum hops for hop based routing or 1 to the maximum positive integer for tick based routing For example to set the cost to 120 enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 cost 120 303531 A Rev 00 6 145 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To assign a cost for a static service filter complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens 5 Set the Cost parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 88 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 146 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Deleting IPX from the Router You can use the BCC or Site Manger to delete IPX from the router Using the BCC To delete IPX from an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ipx and enter delete To delete IPX globally from the router navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter delete Using Site Manager To delete IPX from the router complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Config
137. ber Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces None Any valid IPX network number 0x00000000 to OXFFFFFFFD in hexadecimal format Specifies the IPX common network number assigned to this IPX circuit This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX WAN interfaces that have the IPX WAN parameter enabled Enter a valid IPX network number in hexadecimal format Do not use the values OxFFFFFFFE or 0xFFFFFFFF as network numbers These values are reserved for system use 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 24 303531 A Rev 00 B 5 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Negotiated Protocol s Configuration Manager gt Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Unnumbered RIP RIP Unnumbered RIP Indicates the protocol negotiated for this interface This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX WAN interfaces and that have the IPXWAN parameter enabled Accept the default or click on Values to display the other choices You can select more than one option Click on the options you prefer then click on OK to accept your choices The parameter value appears as a hexadecimal number in the IPX Change Circuit window The values are as follows 0x00000008 RIP 0x00000010 Unnumbered RIP 0x00000018 RIP and Unnumbered RIP 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 8 B 6 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IP
138. bled by default for each interface You can disable or reenable split horizon when you configure an IPX SAP circuit If you disable IPX split horizon the router will transmit SAP updates received from one interface over that same interface See Configuring Split Horizon on page 6 49 for more information about split horizon 6 68 303531 A Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing IPX To disable split horizon navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter split horizon disabled To enable split horizon navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter split horizon enabled Using Site Manager To disable or reenable split horizon complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Split Horizon parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 45 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 69 Configuring IPX Services Updating Routers About a New or Failed Service By default the router performs immediate SAP u
139. c Filter Tables gt Net Filter Advertise Accept Advertise Accept Suppress Specifies how to process any SAP advertisement that matches the SAP filter criteria you established in the Target Network and Target Service Type parameters Select Advertise Accept to enable the filter to allow advertisement and acceptance of services that match the filter criteria you established in the Target Network and Target Service Type parameters Select Suppress to configure the IPX router to drop SAP advertisements that match the SAP filter criteria you established in the Target Network and Target Service Type parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 10 B 80 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter 1 for hop or tick based routing 1 to maximum positive integer if tick based routing is enabled 1 to one less than the value specified in the Maximum Hops parameter if hop based routing is enabled Used only when the Action parameter is Advertise Accept this parameter assigns a cost for routes matching this filter A zero cost indicates that the route s actual cost should be used This parameter sets the cost number of ticks or hops for this interface The cost is included in subsequent SAP packets sent to other interfaces IPX drops the packet when its
140. ce name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter action value value is one of the following Action Meaning Advertise Enables the filter to allow advertisement or acceptance of routes that match the specified route filter criteria Suppress Causes the IPX router to drop advertisements that match the specified route filter criteria For example to enable the filter to accept routes that match the filter s criteria enter server name filter 00023456 myname action suppress 303531 A Rev 00 6 143 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify how the router should process SAP advertisements complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens 5 Set the Action parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 87 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying a Cost If you are enabling the filter to allow advertisement or acceptance of services that match the filter criteria you established when you specified a ser
141. ce network traffic The Bay Networks implementation of split horizon excludes RIP and SAP updates learned from a neighbor when forwarding RIP and SAP updates to that neighbor Split horizon is enabled by default for each interface You can disable or reenable split horizon when you configure an IPX RIP circuit 303531 A Rev 00 6 49 Configuring IPX Services Fully Meshed Networks A fully meshed network is a WAN in which all nodes have a logically direct connection to each other Figure 6 4 shows a sample fully meshed network with split horizon enabled Split Horizon enabled on this Interface to eliminate all redundant RIP and SAP traffic T a 2 Router B Network 1 a Router A Router C Figure 6 4 Split Horizon Enabled in a Fully Meshed Network Non Fully Meshed Networks Network 3 IPX0007A A non fully meshed network is a WAN in which one or more nodes do not have logically direct connections to all other nodes In a star or non fully meshed frame relay or X 25 PDN topology you may need to disable split horizon on certain interfaces so that the routers can learn about other networks Caution Do not disable split horizon unless it is absolutely necessary Doing so can result in a signific
142. cent host Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled subaddress Description Specifies the address of the remote host when establishing a SVC to the adjacent host Legal values lt string gt Default value type Description Specifies the type of static host used to establish an SVC connection to the adjacent host Legal values default Default value default type of number Description Legal values Default value Specifies the type of number international or unknown used when creating an SVC to an adjacent host unknown international international continued 303531 A Rev 00 A 13 Configuring IPX Services Table A 5 IPX Adjacent Host Parameters continued wan number Description Legal values Default value RIP Parameters Specifies a WAN address of up to 16 hexadecimal characters on an ATM or SMDS network or a DLCI number on a frame relay network lt string 1 15 gt lt not_set gt IPX RIP circuit parameters determine the way RIP behaves on a particular circuit To configure RIP parameters navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 Table A 6 RIP Parameters age multiplier Description Legal values Default value Specifies the holding multiplier as the number of update intervals for information received in RIP periodic updates lt unsigned integer gt 3 default listen Description
143. ched virtual circuit Enter a logical channel number if the interface is on an X 25 permanent virtual circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 6 Remote Party Sub Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add None 8 digit hexadecimal number Establishes a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Supply the address in hexadecimal format of the remote party 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 7 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Remote Party Type of Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add International Unknown International Specifies the type of number used to establish a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Accept the default Otherwise select Unknown 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 8 Adjacent Host Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add Default Default Frame Relay E 164 Frame Relay X 121 Frame Relay DLCI Specifies the type of static host used when establishing a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Specify the type of static host 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 9 303531 A Rev 00
144. cifying Throughput Customizing IPX You can specify the maximum amount of data from 0 to 2 147 483 647 bits per second that can flow through an IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Using the BCC To specify the data throughput navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter throughput bits_per_second bits_per_second is an integer from 0 to 2 147 483 647 bits per second For example to specify the data throughput as 1 000 000 bits per second enter ipx 00023456 throughput 1000000 Using Site Manager To specify the data throughput complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Throughput parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 30 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 33 Configuring IPX Services Setting the Stabilization Timer Delay You can set the amount of time from 0 through 2 147 483 647 seconds that RIP SAP waits before sending out initial route information when the circuit first becomes active The more routes that you expect a router to handle or the more dynamic the network is
145. cket addresses have a value between 0x0001 and OxFFFE Using the BCC To enter a socket address for a static service navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter socket address address is a 4 digit hexadecimal socket address For example to enter the socket address 0x1234 enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 socket 0x1234 303531 A Rev 00 6 79 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the socket address complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Set the Socket parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 66 Click on OK Specifying the Hop Count You return to the Configuration Manager window Enter the number of router hops that exist between a router and a specific remote Novell server or service The number of router hops must be in the range of 1 to the number of maximum hops minus 1 The default number of hops is 1 Using the BCC hops number_of_hops To specify the number of hops navigate to the I
146. clients Using the BCC When you first configure a static service by default it is enabled To disable a static service navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter state disabled To reenable a static service navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter state enabled For example to disable the static service named printer enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 state disabled 6 76 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To disable or reenable a static service complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 65 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Network Address of a Service When you are using a static service the network address for the service must exist as an entry in the IPX routing table The router can le
147. configure a filter s action navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 and enter action type type is one of the following Action Meaning Advertise Enables the filter to allow advertisement or acceptance of routes that match the specified route filter criteria Suppress Causes the IPX router to drop advertisements that match the specified route filter criteria Using Site Manager To specify a filter s action at the service network level complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables 4 Choose Name Filter Action Target Service Name Target Service Type hex Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on pages B 85 and B 87 The IPX Service Name Filters window opens 5 Set the following parameters 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 126 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX The IPX router with an outbound filter configured on an interface includes information about a service in a SAP packet if either of the following is true e The router finds a match between an outbound filter s contents and the serv
148. customize IPX to run over a WAN see Chapter 5 Customizing IPX for WAN Media 303531 A Rev 00 Starting IPXWAN Services Starting IPX Services Using Site Manager Before you can start IPXWAN you must configure a circuit that IPXWAN can use as an interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Select Protocols window choose IPX and click on OK The IPX Configuration window opens Set the following parameters IPXWAN Common Network Number Negotiated Protocol s Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 5 Click on OK The IPXWAN Configuration window opens Set the following parameters e Router Name Primary Net Number hex Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window For information about IPX WAN and how to customize IPX to run over a WAN see Chapter 5 Customizing IPX for WAN Media 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Starting RIP and SAP Services If you did not start RIP and SAP when you started IPX you can add them to an existing interface You start RIP and SAP by adding them to an existing
149. d NIC in a client provides network node addressing IPX defines the internetwork and intranode addressing as follows Network addresses form the basis of the IPX internetwork addressing scheme for sending packets between network segments Every network segment of an internetwork is assigned a unique network address that routers use to forward packets to their final destinations A network address in the NetWare environment consists of 8 hexadecimal characters In the following example Ox indicates that this is a hexadecimal number and n is any hexadecimal character Oxnnnnnnnn Socket numbers are the basis for an IPX intranode address that is the address of an individual entity within a node They allow a process for example RIP or SAP to distinguish itself to IPX To communicate on the network the process must request a socket number Any packets that IPX receives addressed to that socket are then passed on to the process within the node 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts Network Layer Services A Bay Networks router running IPX provides the following network layer support Dynamic routing of IPX packets Multiple IPX interfaces per circuit IPX over WAN media IPXWAN and IPXCP Routing Information Protocol RIP and Unnumbered RIP Service Advertisment Protocol SAP Static route support Default route support Adjacent host support Dial on demand support Supported LAN Circuits WAN Circuits and Frame Formats IPX
150. d Site Manager software For information about upgrading BayRS and Site Manager see the upgrading guide for your version of BayRS 303531 A Rev 00 xvii Configuring IPX Services Text Conventions This guide uses the following text conventions angle brackets lt gt bold text braces ellipsis points Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example If the command syntax is ping lt ip_address gt you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Indicates text that you need to enter and command names and options Example Enter show ip alerts routes Example Use the dinfo command Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions where there is more than one option You must choose only one of the options Do not type the braces when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show ip alerts routes you must enter either show ip alerts or show ip routes Indicate that you repeat the last element of the command as needed Example If the command syntax is ethernet 2 1 lt parameter gt lt value gt you enter ethernet 2 1 and as many parameter value pairs as needed xviii 303531 A Rev 00 italic text screen text separator gt vertical line Acronyms ARE ATM AUI BootP BRI CCITT CSMA CD DLCI DLCMI Preface Indicates file and directory
151. d in the NetBIOS routing table navigate to the NetBIOS static route prompt for example box ipx static netbios route route6 00042567 and enter state enabled Using Site Manager To disable or reenable the static route record complete these tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose NetBIOS Static Routes The IPX NetBIOS Static Routes window opens 4 Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 49 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 85 Configuring IPX Services Directing a NetBIOS Packet Using Nonstandard Static Routing You can direct a NetBIOS packet through a network by configuring a NetBIOS static route on the first Bay Networks router to receive a NetBIOS broadcast packet To do this you must disable Novell certification conformance for all routers in the network To configure a router to propagate a packet out all its interfaces you must enable Novell certification conformance for all routers in the network All NetBIOS packets sent from a client to the router must have a destination network value of 0 unless the packet passes a static route in the router The router tests a packet against the static route table before it checks the packet s
152. destination thus allowing the router to accept packets that may not have a destination network of 0 Caution This method of defining IPX NetBIOS static routes is a nonstandard Bay Networks feature that may not be compatible with routers from other vendors This method converts a NetBIOS broadcast packet to a NetBIOS directed broadcast packet thereby eliminating the loop checking and path tracing that is usually done for NetBIOS broadcast packets This may cause problems with applications that rely on those mechanisms When you configure a NetBIOS static route the IPX router inserts the network number configured in the static route into the destination network number of the IPX packet When you configure NetBIOS static routes on an interface the IPX router compares all IPX NetBIOS broadcast packets received on the interface with the boxwide NetBIOS static routes If the NetBIOS destination name found in the packet matches an entry in the routing table the NetBIOS packet is routed to the associated destination network If no match is found the IPX router treats the packet as specified by the NetBIOS Accept and NetBIOS Deliver parameters 6 86 303531 A Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing IPX By default IPX enables Novell certification To disable Novell certification navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter novell certification conformance disabled To reenable Novell certification navigate t
153. dial in connections When you enable this parameter you also enable SPX keepalive spoofing Enable local watchdog packet acknowledgment to improve the efficiency of IPX wide area links 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 64 Delay Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces 0 0 to 2147483647 Specifies the length of time in microseconds required to transmit 1 byte of data excluding protocol headers to a destination on the other end of this IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Enter a value from 0 to 2147483647 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 66 Stabilization Timer Delay secs Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces 0 0 to 2147483647 Determines the amount of time in seconds that RIP SAP waits before sending out initial route information when the dial on demand route first becomes enabled The more routes that you expect a router to handle or the more dynamic the network is the higher you should set this value to allow the router enough time to assimilate incoming routes before it sends out an initial update on a circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 69 303531 A Rev 00 B 29 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Throughput Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Default 0 Options 0 to 2147483647 Function Specifies the amount of data in bits per second that can flow through an IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Instructions
154. disable multicast transmission of SAP packets navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter multicast disabled To enable multicast transmission of SAP packets navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter multicast enabled 6 66 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To determine whether IPX allows multicast transmission of SAP packets complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Use Multicast parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 44 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Saving the Full Service Name in SAP Packets By default a router saves all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets You can specify that a router should ignore all characters after the null character when a service field name is less than 48 bytes long Using the BCC To cause the router to ignore all characters after the null character when a service field name is less than 48 bytes navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for exa
155. e You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Enable IPXWAN The IPXWAN Configuration window opens 4 Set the Primary Network Number parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 8 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 5 8 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN Media Entering a Router Name Every IPX router can have a router name During IPXWAN negotiations the local and remote routers provide each other with their respective router names Once the link is established the name lets a router know whom it is connected to Router names are particularly helpful for network management purposes A symbolic name such as printserv has more meaning than just a string of digits The router name can be up to 47 characters long and can contain the characters A through Z a through z O through 9 and the special characters underscore _ hyphen slash and at signs Some valid names include e AAaabbBBxxXXXS 1234 e myrouter first_floor e Chicago_office Using the BCC You can assign a router name to the remote route only when you configure IPXWAN services Once you supply the router name you cannot change it To configure IPX WAN services see Starting IPXWAN Services on page 2 3 To determine the current rou
156. e an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value can significantly affect router performance by affecting the memory usage by IPX and the learning time of the router If you are an experienced user enter a value from 0 to 5000 destinations that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 6 6 303531 A Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing IPX To set the maximum number of destinations navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter destination count integer integer is the number of destinations For example the following command sets the maximum number of destinations to 15 ipx destination count 15 Using Site Manage To specify the maximum number of destinations for the router to learn complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 17 5 Set the Destination Count parameter 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 7
157. e and amount of data displayed depend on the specific IPX settings you want to view This appendix includes descriptions of the following show commands Topic Page show ipx summary C 2 show ipx adjacent hosts C 2 show ipx forwards C 3 show ipx hosts show ipx interfaces C 4 show ipx rips C 5 show ipx route filters C 6 show ipx routes C 7 show ipx saps C 8 show ipx server name filters C 8 show ipx server network filters C 9 show ipx services C 10 show ipx static netbios routes C show ipx static routes C 12 show ipx static services C 12 show ipx stats C 13 303531 A Rev 00 C 1 Configuring IPX Services show ipx summary The show ipx summary command displays general information about IPX The output includes the following information Configured state Current state Multiple host address Routing method Maximum path Maximum path splits Log filter setting Number of routes Number of services Number of hosts Number of IPX interfaces Specifies if IPX is configured on the router Specifies if IPX is enabled or disabled Specifies if multiple host addressing is enabled Identifies the routing method The maximum number of paths allowed Specifies if load balancing is enabled or disabled The types of log messages that IPX filters The maximum number of destinations that the router will learn The maximum number of routes the router will
158. e combination of the update interval and age multiplier should be the same for all systems on a network segment 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 B 43 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Packet Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP 480 Circuit type dependent Specifies the maximum SAP packet size in bytes used on this circuit Accept the default 480 bytes unless you have a reason for specifying a different packet size The packet size plus the IPX header 30 bytes cannot exceed the MTU of the link 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 10 Nearest Server Reply Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Yes Yes No Specifies whether to respond to SAP get_nearest_server requests Accept the default to allow this router to respond to a SAP get_nearest_server request If you have disabled split horizon you may want to set this parameter to No 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 11 Use Multicast Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Yes Yes No Specifies whether to use a multicast address to send SAP packets Accept the default to allow multicast transmission of SAP packets Select
159. e outbound filter to services learned on the SAP protocol enter server name filter 00023456 myname protocol sap Using Site Manager To apply an outbound filter to services learned on a specified protocol complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens 5 Set the Protocol parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 86 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 142 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Specifying How to Process SAP Advertisements You can specify how the router should process any SAP advertisement that matches the SAP filter criteria you established in the Target Service Name and Target Service Type parameters By default the filter allows advertisement or acceptance of services that match the filter criteria you established in the Service Name and Service Type parameters You can accept the default or set the filter to cause the IPX router to suppress or drop SAP advertisements that match the SAP filter criteria you established Using the BCC To specify how the router should process SAP advertisements navigate to the servi
160. e server The address of the server network Specifies if the server name filters feature is enabled or disabled The name of the IPX interface The priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type The type of filter Specifies whether the filter applies to inbound packets outbound packets or both show ipx server network filters The show ipx server network filters command displays IPX server network filter information The show ipx server network filters command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments direction lt filter_direction gt net lt address gt type lt protocol gt interface lt name gt Displays information about the IPX server network filter that filters data packets travelling in the specified direction Displays information about IPX server network filter applied to the specified network Displays information about the IPX server network filter applied to the specified protocol Displays information about the IPX server network filter applied to and interface having the specified symbolic name 303531 A Rev 00 C 9 Configuring IPX Services The output contains the following information Target Network The network where the server network filter is active Network Mask The mask attached to the target network Current State Specifies if the service network filter is enabled or disabled Interface Name Identifies the name o
161. e to preallocate table sizes for host tables Changing this value can greatly affect the memory used by IPX but it can also speed learning time for the router Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an expert IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are qualified as an expert user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 21 Aging Frequency Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 10 1 to the maximum positive integer seconds Specifies the interval in seconds for aging RIP and SAP information IPX checks whether any routes have timed out every seconds where n is the interval that this parameter specifies Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 23 B 18 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Defa
162. ed Network Number parameter to 0x0000000A and the Configured Encaps parameter to Novell 303531 A Rev 00 Sample IPX Configuration Edit the S21 circuit and set the WAN protocol to Standard Add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configured Network Number parameter to 0x0000000B Edit the S22 circuit and set the WAN protocol to Frame Relay Add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configured Network Number parameter to 0x0000000C and click on OK Select Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces and highlight the IPX Network parameter which should be set to 0x0000000C Click on the RIP button and set the Split Horizon parameter to Disable Note Turn off Split Horizon on the frame relay hub router if the spoke routers are to learn routes from each other However leave Split Horizon enabled on spoke routers Router 2 Edit the E21 circuit and add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configured Network Number parameter to 0x0000000E Edit the S21 circuit and set the WAN protocol to Standard Add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configured Network Number parameter to 0x0000000B Edit the 031 circuit and set the ring speed to 16 MB Add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configured Network Number parameter to 0x0000000D and the Configured Encaps param
163. edia Running IPXWAN over PPP IPX uses PPP when operating over point to point synchronous networks With PPP establishing a connection means that the IPX Control Protocol IPXCP reaches the open state PPP lets either side of a connection stop forwarding IPX packets if one end sends an IPXCP terminate request When a router detects this condition it immediately reflects the lost connection in its routing information database Running IPXWAN over Frame Relay Permanent Virtual Circuits When you fun IPXWAN over a frame relay PVC the router encapsulates each IPX packet in a frame relay frame When you restart an interface IPX WAN exchanges begin immediately over active direct mode frame relay PVCs those that have remained active before and after restart e When a router detects that a direct mode frame relay PVC has gone from an inactive to an active state the connection is established IPXWAN packet exchange over this newly activated connection begins e When an active PVC becomes inactive the router reflects the lost connection in its routing information database Note For IPX you can use frame relay direct group or hybrid mode For IPXWAN only direct mode is valid In frame relay direct mode is a point to point connection Frame relay group mode or hybrid mode involves a point to multipoint connection Negotiating an IPXWAN Connection Establishing an IPXWAN connection involves negotiating which router will be t
164. eees 6 21 Entering a Symbolic Name for an Interface ceccecccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeenaeeeaeeeneeeaaes 6 22 Assigning a Host Number to an Interface 005 eee nena pirat 6 23 Ghoosing a Frame Encapsulation TYPE cccscasisarcscasenssst peter inedi asa a 6 25 Enabling Source Routing for an Interface on a Token Ring Circuit 08 6 26 Speciiving a Broadcast A UrESG cso ccskrtasonaeiearieetnentdiee anda nie Hai ebe tactician 6 29 SSC iin a INST ASS pecs sativa pthsateng hiya teersend ncaa puteendeenaaieGanee 6 30 Setting the Delay Time penis eeu T EE I PE 6 32 POSS NAG Throughput sarsana cna aE Aa EA AEE 6 33 Setting the Stabilization Timer Delay cccceeeseeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeaeees 6 34 Setting a Cost for an Interface beieis ee P eer beanies settee seine 6 35 Gusiomemng MP Pea WU Ss hich cos ca ees pas AREA 6 38 Disabling arid Reesnabling RIP sicsicceccsnicaneisrieaiesiesarrsmireesdasiinaenusnosdeuiedaneaeis 6 40 Enabling RIP Listen and Supply FUNCIONS cccscisss cscs ccercekicssnsntesesccticendsauqreisniaceade 6 41 Determining the Pace of RIP Packols srrccrenenbnnaa 6 42 Configuring RIP Timers T EA TE utii ebrea ATER ooN PT 6 43 Adjusting the RIP Packet SiZ asec vesscedasdesniedcsveraeetecaeeeamspandecheeptcettbaeteneedetecteael 6 46 Enabling Multicast Transmission of RIP Packets c ccccsccccsccecsseccsseeseseeesseeees 6 47 Configuring Split Hori
165. ees 4 3 Figure 4 2 Frames Received at a Logical Interface 0 ccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeereeneeeaes 4 5 Figure 4 3 Frames Sent from a Logical Interface 2 00 cecceseesseceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeees 4 6 Figure 5 1 IPXCP and IPXWAN Configurations cccceeeseeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeee D12 Figure 6 1 IPX Routers Source Routing across a Token Ring Network 6 27 Pighte 62 IPX Wied COSE sirios iea 6 36 Figure 6 3 IPX Gonfigurable RIP Wigs siinisniisirisiiiaa saan 6 44 Figure 6 4 Split Horizon Enabled in a Fully Meshed Network sessen 6 50 Figure 6 5 Split Horizon Disabled in a Non Fully Meshed Network sessen 6 51 Figure 6 6 Static Service Network Configuration cccscceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeaaes 6 72 Figure 6 7 IPX SAP Filters Prohibiting SAP Broadcasts eae ere i 6 73 Foue 6 8 NetBIOS Statie FouleS junicsnaitinnini mutant 6 83 Figure 6 9 NetBIOS Packet FINering sscsccncasssice ccnerssansetterectosiineetiaaieienlistadoecians 6 90 Figure 6 10 NetBIOS Packet FIOW sicccisisscccccnssieccmnmimcanenmivcenanevantermmmonismnanncsenee 6 91 Figure 6 11 NetBIOS Broadcast Filtering c cccescccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 6 92 Figure 6 12 Dial on Demand Service ree eer T T AR T 6 103 Fighte 6 13 IPX Statie ROUES sicriisiconircu eenaa aie 6 112 Figure 6 14 SAP Outbound FIRMING carreiros oenina i 6 122 Figure Bi IPX Conmiguration WiINdowW siscicsirseri
166. en sending RIP updates This does not apply to inbound route filters Specify the protocol on which you want to apply the filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 10 303531 A Rev 00 B 71 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Action Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter Default Advertise Accept Options Advertise Accept Suppress Function Specifies how to process any RIP advertisement that matches the route filter criteria you established Instructions Select Advertise Accept to enable the filter to allow advertisement and acceptance of routes that match the specified route filter criteria Select Suppress to configure the IPX router to drop RIP advertisements that match the specified route filter criteria MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 9 B 72 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters Parameter Cost Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Table gt Route Filter Default 1 for hop or tick based routing Options 1 to maximum positive integer if tick based routing is enabled 1 to one less than the value specified in the Maximum Hops parameter if hop based routing is enabled Function Used only when the Action parameter is Advertise Accept this parameter assigns a cost for routes matching this filter A zero cost indicates that the route s actual cost should be used This parameter sets the cost number of ticks or
167. enable IPXCP you must first configure the interface to support PPP For instructions on how to do this see Configuring PPP Services For the ATM SMDS X 25 PDN X 25 Point to Point and Bay Networks Point to Point protocols only one encapsulation method is allowed for all WAN protocols For the frame relay and PPP WAN protocols you can optionally run IPXWAN RFC 1634 Note Use IPXCP or IPXWAN when you want the routers to negotiate the options required for communication over the WAN link Alternatively you can explicitly specify the values for the WAN link without using either IPXCP or IPXWAN as long as you ensure that the values you configure at each end of the link are compatible Using IPXCP and IPXWAN Incorporating IPXWAN in the Bay Networks router provides the following benefits e Adherence to RFCs 1362 and 1634 IPXWAN protocols developed by Novell e Acommon link negotiation method for WAN media frame relay and PPP e Interoperability with other routing vendors for example Novell e A standardized means for tick based routing over WAN media If you configure a local and a remote node to support both IPXCP and IPXWAN IPXCP always runs first After the router completes IPXCP negotiation it discards all IPXCP negotiated options and IPXWAN runs See Identifying a Circuit on page 5 4 for more information about specifying support for IPXCP and IPXWAN 5 2 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN M
168. encapsulation type for each interface To configure multiple interfaces navigate to the circuit prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 and enter ipx address address encapsulation type address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the IPX interface type is one of the following Isap ethernet novell snap Ppp For example to configure two interfaces on a single circuit enter ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x0001 encapsulation Isap ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x0002 encapsulation ethernet Using Site Manager Site Manager automatically assigns a circuit identifier to each circuit that you create on an IPX router You can assign a specific circuit identifier if necessary To assign a circuit identifier complete these tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interface window opens 4 Set the Circuit Index parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 5 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for LAN Media IPX Host ID Numbers On Bay Networks routers the IPX host ID number maps to a physical data link layer address on a specific circuit or physical interface An IPX logical interface can listen at this address and capture frames transmitted b
169. enter adjacent host 00023456 000012345678 Subaddress 0x67678934 6 98 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX To identify the type of number used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box framerelay 3 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter type of number option option is one of the following international unknown For example to set the type of number to international enter adjacent host 00023456 000012345678 type of number unknown To identify the type of adjacent host navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box framerelay 3 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter type host_type host type is one of the following fre 164 default frx121 frdlci For example to set the type to fre164 enter adjacent host 00023456 000012345678 type fre164 303531 A Rev 00 6 99 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To create a frame relay SVC to an adjacent host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the FR SVC Broadcast parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 30 5 Click on OK You return
170. ept the default value or specify a value from 1 to 6 Increasing this value can cause routes to take longer to age out Decreasing it can cause the router to age routes prematurely if routing updates are missed The combination of the update interval and age multiplier should be the same for all systems on a network segment 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 B 37 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Packet Size Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP 432 Circuit type dependent Specifies the maximum RIP packet size in bytes used on this circuit Accept the default 432 bytes unless you have a reason for specifying a different packet size The packet size plus the IPX header 30 bytes cannot exceed the MTU of the link 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 10 Use Multicast Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Yes Yes No Specifies whether to use a multicast address configured with the FR Multicast hex parameter to send RIP packets Accept the default to allow multicast transmission of RIP packets Select No to disable multicast transmission of RIP packets 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 14 B 38 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Ob
171. er Character Function c As the rightmost element in a string this element tells the filter to match any one of the characters enclosed in the brackets To use a right bracket as one of the characters to be matched make it the first character in the string The expression Jabc matches any of the characters a b orc c When a caret is the first character of the enclosed string the filter expression matches any character except those in the remainder of the string For example the expression 45678 matches any character except 4 5 6 7 or 8 To include a right bracket in the string of filtered characters place it directly after the caret For example the expression abc matches every character except a b or c l r The hyphen between two characters indicates a range of consecutive ASCII characters to match This bracketed string of characters is known as a character class For example the range 0 9 is equivalent to the string 0123456789 The hyphen is treated as an ordinary character if it occurs first or first after an initial character or last in a string You can also construct longer filters by combining that is concatenating these single character regular expressions using the rules and operators listed in Table 6 2 A filter made up of a concatenation of regular expressions matches a concatenation of text strings each of which is a match
172. er a match for the first or a match for the second These two regular expressions are the longest that can be created subject to parentheses grouping For example these regular expressions are grouped as follows andlor and or and o r and o r a nd o r a plus either nd or o plus r Example SERVER 8FS 1FS Matches SERVER8FS and SERVER1FS Does not match SERVER or SERVER5FS Matches any single character in the bracketed set Example SERVER 123 Matches SERVER1 and SERVER3 Does not match SERVER123 or SERVER23 Service name filters take precedence over service network filters Both service name and service network filters have an associated priority with smaller values denoting a higher priority Matching is performed by first checking all service name filters in order by priority If a match is not found then the service network filters are checked in order by priority 6 132 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX For example you may want to advertise from an IPX interface only one type of service type 4 belonging to a particular server server 1 You can configure e A service name SAP filter with a target service name of server 1 a service type of 4 and an action to advertise e A service network filter with a target network of OxFFFFFFFF a type of OxFFFF and an action to suppress This service network filter prevents all other services from being advertised from the interface Using simil
173. er materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties ji 303531 A Rev 00 Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement NOTICE Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or installing the hardware unit with pre enabled software each of which is referred to as Software in this Agreement BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE If you do not accept these terms and conditions return the product unused and in the original shipping container within 30 days of purchase to obtain a credit for the ful
174. erface prompt for example box token ring 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter end station enabled To disable source routing for an IPX interface on a token ring circuit navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box token ring 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter end station disabled For example the following command enables source routing on IPX interface 00023456 ipx 00023456 end station enabled 6 28 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To enable or disable source routing for an IPX interface on a token ring circuit complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the TR End Station parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 26 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying a Broadcast Address You can specify a WAN broadcast address for an IPX interface The default value OXFFFFFFFFFFFF causes the data link layer to issue a WAN broadcast packet on all active virtual circuits The value is not actually included in the MAC field of the packet on the WAN The packet instead contains a value that is appropriate for the type of data link protocol You accept the default value or ente
175. erforms an orderly shutdown procedure Each RIP packet can contain up to 50 route updates To reduce traffic RIP broadcasts are limited to a router s immediate segments and are not forwarded by receiving routers Note The IPX router learns WAN addresses from RIP and SAP broadcasts received over WANS frame relay SMDS ATM The router stores IPX address WAN address pairs for future use as next hop destinations If you enable RIP on an IPX interface a route filter can still prohibit the interface from updating its internal routing tables see Using RIP Route Filters on page 118 If you do not configure RIP for a WAN interface you must configure adjacent hosts for all transmission paths to nodes adjacent to frame relay ATM or SMDS circuits when you configure an IPX interface You must then configure static routes that use the adjacent hosts to reach next hop routers Refer to the descriptions of adjacent hosts and static routes in this chapter for more information about these features 303531 A Rev 00 6 39 Configuring IPX Services Disabling and Reenabling RIP When you first configure RIP on an interface it is automatically enabled Using the BCC To disable RIP navigate to the IPX RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter state disabled To reenable RIP navigate to the IPX RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter state
176. ernal network number or a number that has been assigned on any segment in the network You can use any unused value between 0x00000001 and OxFFFFFFFD 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 15 1 5 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Advanced Global Parameters IPX advanced global parameters enable you to fine tune the way IPX runs on the router You access these parameters in the Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window Figure B 4 To view all of the parameters in this window click on the scroll bar Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters Cancel OK Values Help Routing Method Maximum Path 1 Log Filter DEBUG INFO TRACE Maximum Path Splits 1 Maximum Hops 16 Destination Count 0 Service Count 0 Host Count Aging Frequency Aging Pending Frequency Figure B 4 IPX Advanced Global Parameters Window 303531 A Rev 00 B 13 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Routing Method Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Tick Hop Tick Specifies for all slots the method of making IPX best route decisions by Ticks The amount of time expressed in ticks that a packet requires to reach another network segment Each tick 1 18 of a second Hops The number of router hops a packet must traverse to reach another network segment If you accept the default Tick and the rou
177. erver learned 303531 A Rev 00 Using the BCC Customizing IPX To specify which server the router chooses when responding to a get_nearest_server request navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter gns response option option is one of the following alphabetical last learned For example the following command specifies that the router responds to a get_nearest_server request by selecting the last server learned ipx gns response lastlearned Using Site Manager To specify which server the router chooses when responding to a get_nearest_server request complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the GNS Response Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 21 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 15 Configuring IPX Services Specifying the Table Fill Notify Value The table fill notify value causes the IPX router to notify you when the IPX network table is filled To specify the table fill notify value that is the number of network table entries n
178. ervice Type Identifier Intel LanDesk Manager 01BF Unknown 01CA Shiva Netmodem 01CB LanRover 01CC Castelle FAXPress Server 01D8 Castelle LANPress Print Server 01DA Unknown 01E4 Legato 01F0 Legato 01F1 SQL Server 0200 NMA Agent NMS socket 0x2F90 0233 LANZ Agent Socket 0x401F NetExp 0237 LANZ Agent Socket 0x4800 0238 NMS Hub Management 0239 LANZ Agent Socket 0x401F 023A NetWare SMS Storage Management System 023F NetWare Connect 024E NMS Console name stnMAC IPX 026A NW4 Time Sync Server Socket 0x040 026B NW4 NDS Server 0278 NetWare for SAA Gateway 0304 Gallacticom BBS 030A HP LaserJet Quick Silver 030C Attachmate 3270 Gateway 0320 continued 303531 A Rev 00 D 5 Configuring IPX Services Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier Multi Server Director 0327 Intel NetPort II 0361 ECS Cheyenne ARCserv 5 0 Intel 0375 Cheyenne ARC Serv 5 0 Intel SE 0376 PowerChute Version 3 0 new 037E ViruSafe Notify 037F HP Bridge 0386 HP Hub 0387 NetWare SAA Gateway 0394 Lotus Notes OS 2 version 039B Central Point Anti Virus NLM 03B7 ARCserve 4 0 socket 0x 8600 0304 Intel LANSpool 3 5 03C7 Lexmark 4033 Print Server 03D5 NetWare SQL Gupta NLM 03DE UNIXWare 03E1 UNIXWare 03E4 NetWare File Server Version 4 x 0400 NetSprint print server 0414 SiteLock Virus 0429 ARCserve 5 0 044C Dell SCSI
179. es mand n must be non negative integers less than 255 The symbols in braces mean the following m matches exactly m occurrences m matches at least m occurrences m n matches any number of occurrences between m and n Whenever a choice exists the regular expression matches as many occurrences as possible For example the operator is equivalent to 0 1 the operator is equivalent to 0 and the operator is equivalent to 1 continued 303531 A Rev 00 6 131 Configuring IPX Services Table 6 2 Concatenation Rules and Operators continued Rule Operator Interpretation Use the following operators to construct regular expressions from more than single character regular expressions Regular expressions enclosed in parentheses A regular expression enclosed within parentheses matches whatever the unadorned regular expression matches You use parentheses to group a series of regular expressions that you want to treat as a single character regular expression For example the regular expression O Xx matches a 0 that may or may not be followed by one X or x while the regular expression O Xx matches nothing the string OX or the string Ox You can have up to nine such substrings in a regular expression and you can nest parentheses Vertical bar Square brackets Two regular expressions separated by the vertical bar match eith
180. es Using the BCC This chapter shows you how to use the Bay Command Console BCC to create a basic configuration that is a configuration using all available defaults for the IPX services described in this guide Topic Page Starting IPX 2 2 Starting IPXWAN Services 2 3 Starting RIP 25 Starting SAP 2 5 For conceptual information about IPX see Chapter 1 IPX Concepts For information about customizing the way IPX runs on the router see Chapters 3 through 5 This chapter assumes that you have read Using the the Bay Command Console BCC 303531 A Rev 00 2 1 Configuring IPX Services Starting IPX To start IPX on the router you must 1 Configure a physical interface on an available slot connector 2 Configure an IPX interface on the physical interface Step 1 Configuring a Physical Interface To configure a physical interface on a slot and connector navigate to the top level box prompt and enter interface_type slot slot_number connector connector_number interface_type is the name of a link module on the router slot_number is the number of the slot on which the link module is located connector_number is the number of a connector on the link module For example the following command configures an Ethernet interface on slot 2 connector 2 box ethernet slot 2 connector 2 ethernet 2 2 Step 2 Configuring an IPX Interface To configure an IPX interface on a physical in
181. es in services and routes offered on the network e You enable users to have more accurate up to date information on services and service routes offered on the network 303531 A Rev 00 6 109 Configuring IPX Services However periodic RIP and SAP transmissions mean that e Less bandwidth is available for user data Consequently user data transmissions take longer thereby increasing WAN line costs e You sacrifice some level of manual control over services and routes made available to network users Your particular networking environment may require a higher degree of manual control over information about services and service routes offered to users on your network When you adjust the frequency of RIP and SAP update packet transmissions the higher the number you specify the less frequent the transmissions If you specify zero no periodic RIP or SAP updates are sent out the IPX interface of the router However RIP and SAP immediate one time update packets still propagate through the network in compliance with Novell standards The default interval is 60 seconds Eliminating periodic RIP and SAP updates provides the following benefits e Reduced RIP and SAP overhead on your network e Increased bandwidth available for user data e Reduced WAN line costs for packet transmission e Increased manual control over network services and routes RIP and SAP timer settings should be the same on both sides of the WAN Refer to
182. es over the Same Interface 000 6 68 Updating Routers About a New or Failed Service ere reer E 6 70 Using Stal SEyC cicania enan aa A donde de E EA EN 6 71 Setting the Update Interval and Disabling Immediate Updates eseeeee 6 71 PIG a Stait SS IVICS scarsie oean e e L EAT ERAS 6 74 reat SUAS SOI VIESE dianianit irnn A NNN 6 76 Specifying the Network Address of a Service ccececcceesesteeeeeesneeeeeeseneeeeesenaes 6 77 Specifying the Address of the Host That Provides a Service cccessseeeeeeereees 6 78 Specifying the Socket Address of a Service cccccccecssseceesessneeeeeeenaeeeessenaeeeeeseaes 6 79 Specifying the Hop Count 4 re Seinen EIT wens sta Scien Lona 6 80 Customizing NetBIOS Static PIOUTING feasts ioecctiaedicteceestsccrscneiecccenp tetris 6 81 Adding a NetBIOS Statie ROWS vice ssssiirisaaien nats tenineinianeutiriapdlondeanintaande 6 83 Disabling and Reenabling the Static Route Record in the NetBIOS Routing Table 6 85 Directing a NetBIOS Packet Using Nonstandard Static Routing ceeeee 6 86 Directing a NetBIOS Packet Using Standard Static Routing cceeeeeeee 6 88 Configuring NetBIOS Broadcast Filters rorirori aniani panaan 6 88 Configuring an Adjacent Host for an Interface cc c ccececccce ceesteseeescesenae caeetensnseessnnneneete 6 92 Creating an Adjacent Host sa se Donini i ER E 6 93 Disabling and Reenabling the Adjacent Ho E
183. es to process before pending navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter pend frequency integer integer is the number of routes and services from 1 to the maximum number of routes and services For example the following command sets the number of routes and services to age to 100 ipx pend frequency 20 Using Site Manager To specify the number of routes and services to process before pending complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Aging Pending Frequency parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 19 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 12 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Enabling IPX Default Routing When you configure IPX on an interface by default the router enables the use of the default route OxFFFFFFFE for IPX routing When IPX enables default routing the router to uses the default route if one exists in its routing table when it receives an IPX packet that does not contain a known IPX destination address within the IPX protocol header Disabling default routing forces the router to drop a packe
184. escription on page B 14 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Maximum Number of Hops You can specify the maximum number of hops an IPX packet cany take to reach its destination By default 16 is the maximum number of hops for an IPX packet to reach a destination You can set this value from 1 to 255 Every node in the network should use the same maximum number of hops Using the BCC To specify the maximum number of hops navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter hops hop_count hop_count is the number of hops from 1 to 255 For example to set the maximum number of hops to 20 enter ipx hops 20 6 18 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX To specify the maximum number of hops for an IPX packet to reach its destination complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Maximum Hops parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 16 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Indicating the Number of Next Hop Hosts
185. ese parameters in the IPX NetBIOS Static Routes window Figure B 10 IPX NetBIOS Static Routes NetBIOS Name anyserver Delete Apply Values Help 1J Enable ENABLE Target Network hex 0x00000002 Figure B 10 IPX NetBIOS Static Routes Window B 48 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Enable Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt NetBIOS Static Routes Enable Enable Disable Specifies the state active or inactive of the static route record in the NetBIOS routing table Select Disable to make the static route record inactive in the NetBIOS routing table Select Enable to make the static route record active in the NetBIOS routing table 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 27 1 2 Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt NetBIOS Static Routes None Any valid network address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the address of a destination network that you want to receive NetBIOS broadcast packets destined for the specified target server Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 27 1 5 303531 A Rev 00 B 49 Configuring IPX Services Adjacent Host Configuration Parameters IPX adjacent host configuration parameters establish an adjacent host
186. ests that is broadcasts issued by NetBIOS clients seeking to find and establish sessions with specific NetBIOS applications over an IPX internetwork Besides minimizing NetBIOS broadcast traffic using NetBIOS static routes allows a more precise logical partitioning of an IPX NetBIOS internetwork enhancing internetwork security The Bay Networks IPX router software lets you specify whether 303531 A Rev 00 6 81 Configuring IPX Services e You want to direct a NetBIOS broadcast type 20 packet through a network by configuring a static route only at the first router Before the packet is directed out an interface the router software overwrites the IPX destination address of the packet so that it can be routed to its destination Because the IPX specification states that the network address of broadcast packets must be left unchanged this option does not conform to Novell standards e You want the router to propagate a packet out all of its interfaces in conformance with Novell standards e You want to direct a packet to its destination by configuring a static route for each hop in the network in conformance with Novell standards In the NetWare environment NetBIOS query requests are encapsulated within IPX packets When a Bay Networks router receives an IPX packet containing a NetBIOS query request it compares the NetBIOS name for which a connection is being requested to a statically configured NetBIOS name to IPX destination
187. et Exchange Control Protocol Integrated Services Digital Network International Organization for Standardization International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector formerly CCITT local area network link service access point media access control media access unit media dependent interface with crossover management information base maximum transmission unit nonbroadcast multi access Network Control Protocol NetWare Directory Services network interface card Open Systems Interconnection Open Shortest Path First protocol Public Data Network primary network number Point to Point Protocol programmable read only memory routing information field Routing Information Protocol XX 303531 A Rev 00 Preface SAP Service Advertisement Protocol SMDS Switched Multimegabit Data Service SNAP Subnetwork Access Protocol SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SPX Sequenced Packet Exchange SRE specific route explorer STP shielded twisted pair TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol TPE twisted pair Ethernet WAN wide area network XNS Xerox Network System Bay Networks Technical Publications You can now print Bay Networks technical manuals and release notes free directly from the Internet Go to support baynetworks com library tpubs Find the Bay Networks product for which you need documentation Then locate the specific category and model or
188. eter to SNAP 303531 A Rev 00 E 3 A accessing IPX parameters using the Technician Interface B 9 acronyms xix action SAP filters 6 123 adding IPX route filters B 67 RIP to an interface 3 4 service network filter B 74 adjacent host 1 3 configuration parameter descriptions B 50 parameter descriptions B 53 advanced global parameters descriptions B 22 editing B 22 advertisement interval RIP 6 43 Age Multiplier IPX RIP circuit parameter B 37 IPX SAP circuit parameter B 43 Aging Frequency advanced global parameter B 18 Aging Pending Frequency advanced global parameter B 19 ATM circuits 6 39 bandwidth 6 110 6 111 bandwidth on demand 6 101 bindery and SAP 6 56 303531 A Rev 00 Index bridge source route bridge end station support 6 26 broadcast filter NetBIOS 6 88 C change circuit parameters editing B 40 characters in SAP pattern matching filters 6 129 circuits LAN and WAN 1 17 client server connection example 1 15 role of Bay Networks router 1 13 concatenation rules and operators SAP pattern matching filters 6 131 configurable RIP timers 6 43 configurable SAP timers 6 58 configurable split horizon 6 49 Configured Encaps IPX interface parameter B 26 configuring RIP and SAP broadcast timers 6 109 service network filter parameters 6 133 B 74 configuring IPX on a token ring interface 4 6 connection negotiation IPXCP 5 13 IPXWAN
189. eters navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 Table A 8 SAP Parameters age multiplier Description Legal values Default value Specifies the holding multiplier as the number of update intervals for information received in RIP periodic updates lt unsigned integer gt 3 listen Description Legal values Default value Specifies that this interface listens to SAP periodic and triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table enabled disabled enabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Default value Table A 8 SAP Parameters continued multicast Description Enables or disables the use of a multicast address to send SAP packets Legal values enabled disabled enabled nearest server reply Description Legal values Default value nsq alphabetical Enables or disables the the router to respond to get_nearest_server requests enabled disabled enabled Description Enables or disables the router to respond to a get_nearest_server request alphabetically Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled pace Description Specifies the number of SAP maximum packets per second that the router can send SAP on this circuit Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 18 packet size Description Specifies the maximum S
190. ether you want the router to conform to Novell NetWare standards by propagating a NetBIOS type 20 packet out all its interfaces Accept the default Enable if you want the router to propagate NetBIOS type 20 packets out all its interfaces conforming to Novell standards Select Disable if you configured NetBIOS static routes and you want the router to direct a packet to its destination network You must set the same option Enable or Disable for all routers in the network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 15 GNS Response Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Alphabetical Alphabetical Last Learned Determines the server to choose when responding to a get_nearest_server GNS request Accept the default to sort through all server names alphabetically Select Last Learned to choose the last server learned 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 29 303531 A Rev 00 B 21 Configuring IPX Services IPX Interface Parameters IPX interface parameters determine how IPX behaves on individual router interfaces You access these parameters in the IPX Interfaces window Figure B 5 To view all parameters in this window click on the scroll bar IPX Interfaces E24 Ckt 1 Net Ox00000001 RIPCON Hans Apply Values Change RIP SAP Help foi s Enable ENABLE Name Cost Host Number hex Configured Encaps LSAP 802 2 TR End Station Figure B 5 IPX Interfaces Window
191. ets received Number of packets delivered Number of packets corrupted 303531 A Rev 00 C 5 Configuring IPX Services show ipx route filters The show ipx route filters command displays IPX route filter information The show ipx route filters command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments direction lt fi ter_direction gt Displays information about the IPX route filter that filters data packets travelling in the specified direction net lt address gt Displays information about IPX route filters applied to the specified network proto lt protocol gt Displays information about the IPX route filter applied to the specified protocol action lt filter_action gt Displays information about the IPX route filter that performs the specified action interface lt name gt Displays information about the IPX route filter applied to an interface having the specified symbolic name The output contains the following information Target Network The network where the route filter is active Network Mask The mask attached to the target network Current State Specifies if the route filter is enabled or disabled Interface Name Identifies the name of the IPX interface Priority The priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Action Specifies how IPX processes any RIP advertisement that matches the route filter criteria Direction Specifies whether the filter is
192. example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter triggered update enabled Using Site Manager To specify whether routers learn about new or failed routes immediately or only at the next periodic update interval complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Immediate Update parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 39 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 53 Configuring IPX Services Advertising Default Routes in RIP Packets A RIP packet does not normally include a default route that exists in the routing table However if a default route exists in the routing table you can choose to advertise the default route OxFFFFFFE in RIP packets on a circuit Using the BCC To advertise default routes in RIP packets navigate to the IPX RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter default supply enabled If you do not want to advertise default routes in RIP packets navigate to the IPX RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter default supply disabled U
193. f the IPX interface Prio The priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Filter Type The type of filter Direction Specifies whether the filter applies to inbound packets outbound packets or both show ipx services The show ipx services command displays IPX services information The show ipx services command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments net lt address gt Displays information about the IPX service having the specified network address nexthophost lt host_address gt Displays information about about the IPX service with a next hop host that has specified network address nexthopnet lt address gt Displays information about the IPX service with a next hop host that has address type lt filter_type gt Displays information about the IPX service having the specified filter type C 10 303531 A Rev 00 BCC show Commands for IPX The output contains the following information Service Name Hops The cost in hops for routes matching this filter Interface Name The name of the IPX interface Type The Novell service type NextHop Network The address of the next hop network NextHop Host Address The address of the next hop host Network The address of the network Age The granularity in seconds for aging RIP and SAP information show ipx static netbios routes The show ipx static netbios routes command displays IPX NetBIOS static route inf
194. f up to 16 hexadecimal characters if the interface is on an ATM or SMDS network Enter a decimal DLCI number if the interface is on a frame relay network Enter an X 121 address if the interface is on an X 25 switched virtual circuit Enter a logical channel number if the interface is on an X 25 permanent virtual circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 6 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Remote Party Sub Address Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add None Eight digit hexadecimal number Establishes a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Supply the address in hexadecimal format of the remote party 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 7 Remote Party Type of Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts gt Add International Unknown International Specifies the type of number used to establish a switched virtual circuit SVC connection to the adjacent host Accept the default Otherwise select Unknown 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 26 1 8 Adjacent Host Type Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Adj Hosts
195. face lt octet string gt Ox multicast address Description Legal values Default value Specifies a multicast address for this IPX interface lt octet string gt Ox negotiated protocol Description Legal values Default value Indicates the protocol negotiated for this interface wan rip unnumbered rip wan unnumbered rips none netbios accept Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables acceptance of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packets received by this interface from an external source enabled disabled disabled netbios deliver Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables outbound delivery of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packets received by this interface from another interface enabled disabled disabled primary network Description Legal values Default value Specifies an IPX network number for IPXWAN RFC1634 compliant link negotiation on all slots lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none continued 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Table A 2 IPXWAN Parameters continued router name Description Legal values Default value Specifies the symbolic name of the router lt string 2 47 gt none stabilization timer Description Determines the amount of traffic in seconds that RIP SAP waits before sending out initial route information when a dial on demand route fir
196. face 3 to router R3 and thus to network B 303531 A Rev 00 6 111 Configuring IPX Services Network A J To Network B via Interface 3 and Router 3 R2 Interface 2 L Interface 3 ES2 Interface 1 Interface 4 R1 R3 Interface 6 aL Network B L Interface 5 IPX server Figure 6 13 To Network B via Interface 1 and Router 2 IPX0009A IPX Static Routes RIP routes have priority over static learned routes with the same cost so if the connection between routers R1 and R3 has the same or greater cost the packet will travel over the static route from router R1 to router R2 to router R3 If a connection used by the static route fails and if router R1 has the listen function enabled router R1 will learn of an alternative route between network A and network B and attempt to send the packet over that connection IPX static routes are user specified routing table entries Static routes like routes learned through RIP are maintained in the IPX routing table Unlike routes learned through RIP however static routes do not expire Static routes remain in the IPX routing table until they are reconfigured manually Static routes are removed if the interface they are configured on goes down
197. fault value Specifies a valid IPX network address in hexadecimal notation that determines which networks will be filtered lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none network Description Legal values Default value Specifies the network on which you want to apply the service network filter lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none continued 303531 A Rev 00 A 23 Configuring IPX Services Table A 10 Server Network Filter Parameters continued outbound Description Applies this filter to RIP packets going out of this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled priority Description Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 protocol Description Applies this filter to routes learned on the specified protocol when sending RIP updates Legal values any local nlsp static sap Default value any state Description Enables or disables a server network filter displayed on this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled type Description Legal values Default value Specifies the type of server that the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment lt octet string gt Ox 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Static Route Parameters I
198. fault value Specifies the number of routes and services to age process before pending lt unsigned integer gt 100 routing method Description Legal values Default value Specifies for all slots the method of making IPX best route decisions by either tick or hop based routing hop tick tick sap via default route Description Legal values Default value Indicates whether a SAP advertisement can be learned from an interface if the network number advertised in the SAP advertisement is unreachable but a default route is accessible from that interface enabled disabled disabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Table A 1 IPX Global Parameters continued service count Description Legal values Default value Indicates the maximum number of services that you expect the router to learn lt unsigned integer gt 0 state Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the system software mechanisms that allow users to add IPX interfaces to the router configuration enabled disabled enabled table fill notify Description Legal values Default value Specifies the value the IPX router uses to notify you when the IPX network tale is filled lt unsigned integer gt 100 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPXWAN Parameters The IPXWAN parameters determine the way IPX WAN services operate
199. fy a symbolic name for an IPX interface on a router complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Name parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 23 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Assigning a Host Number to an Interface You can assign a host number to an IPX interface after you enable multiple host addressing If you configured the router as a multiple host router and want to accept the PROM based default setting for the MAC address this IPX interface adopts a host number based on the MAC address of the underlying circuit In this case a PROM on the circuit supplies the number for the MAC address of the circuit and the host number of the interface You can enter a host number for this interface when e Miultiple host addressing is enabled e You do not want to accept the default PROM based setting for the MAC address e The circuit type supports only selective mode of operation such as with Ethernet circuits If you enter a host number the circuit adopts that value as the MAC address at which this interface can receive frames The MAC address configured at the circuit line level remains for all ot
200. g IPX 303531 A Rev 00 4 11 Chapter 5 Customizing IPX for WAN Media You can use IPX services over either a LAN or a WAN This chapter relates specifically to customizing IPX for use over a WAN For information about using IPX over a LAN see Chapter 4 Customizing IPX for LAN Media For information about customizing IPX features for both LANs and WANs see Chapter 6 Customizing IPX When you configure IPX over WAN media you can either configure IPX over a WAN protocol or you can configure IPXWAN services This chapter includes the following information Topic Page IPX over WAN Media 5 2 Identifying a Circuit 4 Entering an IPX Host ID Number for IPX 5 4 Disabling and Reenabling IPXWAN for an Interface 5 7 Sample IPXCP and IPXWAN Configurations 12 IPXCP Link Negotiation 5 13 IPXWAN Link Negotiation 5 13 IPXWAN and IPXCP Link Configurations 5 14 303531 A Rev 00 5 1 Configuring IPX Services IPX over WAN Media You can establish an IPX connection over any of the WAN media types supported by the Bay Networks IPX router see Table 1 2 on page 1 4 The choice of protocols depends on the type of connection and what you want the protocol to do The WAN Point to Point Protocol PPP uses the IPXCP protocol RFC 1552 IPXCP supports the routing of IPX packets over wide area links that support only PPP IPXCP is a data link protocol that is part of PPP To
201. guration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP Default Enable Options Enable Disable Function When a change in status occurs for this circuit immediately propagate that information to other routers in the internetwork Instructions Accept the default Enabling this parameter facilitates network traffic by letting routers know immediately about new or failed services When this parameter is disabled other routers learn about such changes only at the next periodic update interval MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 19 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Parameters IPX NetBIOS static route configuration parameters establish a NetBIOS static route You access these parameters in a the IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration window Figure B 9 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Cancel OK Values Help Target Server anyserver Target Network hex Oxo0o000002 Figure B 9 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Window B 46 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Target Server Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt NetBIOS Static Routes gt Add None The name of a NetBIOS target server specified as a string of up to 16 alphanumeric characters which can include wildcards and pattern matching characters You can include any printable character including and s
202. hat a packet must traverse to reach another network segment The address of the next hop node to which the local router forwards packets on their way to another destination network Routers maintain route tables by exchanging RIP request and response packets A RIP request packet specifies the destination network A RIP request packet can be either A general request broadcast by a router to retrieve the fastest route to all known networks on an internetwork The value OxFFFFFFFF in the network address field indicates that the packet is a general request A specific request broadcast by a workstation or router to determine the fastest route to a particular network One or more network addresses excluding an address of all Fs in the network address field indicates that the packet is a specific request 6 38 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Routers issue RIP response packets RIP response packets contain the network number and the number of hops and ticks required to get to the network A RIP response can be one of the following types e A response to a request e An informational broadcast from a router issued at regular intervals by default every 60 seconds e An informational broadcast when a change occurs in the routing table Examples of changes in the routing table are tick or hop changes timing out of routes and the addition of routes to the table e An informational broadcast when an interface initializes or p
203. have duplex functionality the router can also use multipath to collect frames received from separate IPX interfaces The router operates this cyclic mechanism at a bandwidth significantly greater than a single IPX interface and its supporting physical circuit can support The result is that IPX frames flow over multiple parallel LAN or WAN routes concurrently in effect aggregating the bandwidth supported by the parallel routes Each line shares 1 n of the total load n is the number of equal cost parallel routes or paths to the destination network 1 8 303531 A Rev 00 Network A Figure 1 4 IPX Concepts By default the maximum number of paths is set to 1 When you specify the maximum number of paths set the value to the highest number of paths in the range of 1 to 1 023 that exist from the router to any destination network regardless of cost Any setting greater than 1 engages the multipath mechanism Figure 1 4 is an example of equal least cost parallel routes used in IPX multipath routing Tick Delay 5 Tick Delay 5 ee gee a eae g Tick Delay 5 E Tick Delay 5 E Network B Z Z Bil IPX server Tick Delay 5 Tick Delay 5
204. he server The server is the requestor in the ensuing request response exchanges A router retains its role server or client for the remainder of the IPXWAN exchanges The following options are determined after successful negotiation by the IPXWAN protocol e WAN link delay used in tick based routing across the WAN link e Network number for the WAN link e Routing protocol to be implemented over the WAN link 303531 A Rev 00 5 3 Configuring IPX Services Identifying a Circuit Site Manager automatically assigns a circuit identifier to each circuit that you create on an IPX router You can assign a specific circuit identifier if necessary You can assign circuit identifiers only by using Site Manager To assign a circuit identifier complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interface window opens 4 Set the Circuit Index parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Entering an IPX Host ID Number for IPX To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network you must assign a unique host ID number to the ATM interface that is running IPX To assign a number you can either Specify a host addres
205. he IPX internetwork To set the host number of an IPX interface on a token ring circuit you must change the MAC Address Select parameter for that circuit to CNFG user configured and enter a MAC Address Override value for the circuit The interface uses that value as its host number This changes the circuit MAC address for all protocols configured on that token ring circuit 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 25 303531 A Rev 00 B 25 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Configured Encaps Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Circuit media dependent Ethernet LSAP Novell SNAP PPP Specifies the encapsulation methods such as Ethernet PPP Novell LSAP or SNAP available for each circuit type such as Ethernet token ring or synchronous The encapsulation method supports communication on a specific logical network Select an encapsulation method that matches the one the clients and servers on the same logical network use and is appropriate for the physical circuit as follows Ethernet circuits support Ethernet LSAP Novell and SNAP frames Token ring circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames Synchronous circuits V 35 RS 232 V 24 RS 422 423 X 21 T1 E1 support SNAP PPP and X 25 Point to Point Ethernet frames FDDI circuits supp
206. he bandwidth consumed by periodic RIP SAP and watchdog broadcast packets can represent a significant portion of the total dial cost when charged on a per packet basis Depending on the network configuration and the application this excessive broadcast activity can reduce application access performance 6 104 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX To address this problem Bay Networks routers can use local watchdog acknowledgment to improve the efficiency of IPX wide area links This feature also known as watchdog spoofing lets Bay Networks routers locally respond to broadcast IPX watchdog packets on behalf of clients connected over dial in connections Note In a NetWare network SPX keepalive packets are periodically transmitted to maintain SPX sessions between client and servers initiating calls on dial on demand circuits When you enable a local watchdog acknowledgment the router also acknowledges these SPX keepalive packets Within an IPX network servers rely on client watchdog acknowledgments to verify that client sessions are still active with the server The router closest to the server responds on behalf of the client As a result NetWare servers may reach the maximum client sessions supported by the server although not all clients are truly maintaining a session This can happen if the client does not perform a standard closure of the session for example if the client PC is rebooted You can avoid this potential pr
207. he means by which the router determines the MAC address for a circuit to one of the following e PROM The circuit retrieves the MAC address that is stored in a PROM on the supporting link module e BOXWIDE The circuit generates a MAC address based on the serial number of the backplane of the router Caution The IPX global host address and the token ring MAC address must agree when multiple host addressing is disabled e CNFG You can configure a MAC address Caution Changing the way the router determines the MAC address to accommodate IPX configuration requirements can affect other protocol interfaces for example LNM Servers or IP configured on the same circuits with IPX If necessary make adjustments to any such non IPX interfaces configured on the router If you choose CNFG you must enter a valid MAC address override setting You must repeat this procedure for any token ring circuit for which you choose CNFG user configured as the source for the MAC address assigned to the individual physical circuit For instructions on how to set the MAC address and the MAC address override see Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services Customizing IPX After selecting a circuit and providing the basic IPX settings your circuit is operational The default values supplied for the remaining settings apply to most environments However if you want to customize your IPX configuration see Chapter 6 Customizin
208. her interfaces configured on the same circuit 303531 A Rev 00 6 23 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To assign a host number to an IPX interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter host address number number is a valid host address in hexadecimal format For example the following command assigns the host address 0x0987 to the IPX interface ipx 00023456 host address 0x0987 Using Site Manager To assign a host number to an IPX interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Host Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 25 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 24 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Choosing a Frame Encapsulation Type When you add an IPX interface to the router configuration the router supplies default frame encapsulation type that is dependent on the physical circuit type You must specify the same type of frame encapsulation for all hosts on the same IPX logical network within the overall IPX internetwork Choose the encapsulation method that matches the one tha
209. his System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables 4 Choose Static Route The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens The IPX Static Routes window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Static Route Configuration window opens Set the Hop Count parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 57 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 116 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Setting the Timer Ticks With the static route feature you specify the number of 1 18th second timer ticks required for an IPX datagram to traverse this static route The IPX router uses tick cost when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The tick cost is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for the tick cost of static routes means use the tick count associated with the interface you can accept the default value zero or enter a value from 1 to the maximum positive integer Using the BCC To specify the tick cost navigate to the IPX static route prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static route 00023456 00054321 000000765432 and enter ticks cost cost is from 0 to one less than the maximum positive integer For example to specify a cost of 20 enter ticks 20
210. his IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 continued 303531 A Rev 00 Table A 4 BCC IPX Parameters IPX Interface Parameters continued encapsulation Description Legal values Default value Specifies the encapsulation method available for each circuit type ethernet Isap novell snap Isap end station Description Legal values Default value host address Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables source routing on this interface on a token ring circuit enabled disabled disabled Specifies a host number that is unique within the IPX internetwork to this IPX interface lt octet string gt Ox multicast address Description Legal values Default value Specifies a multicast address for this IPX interface lt octet string gt Ox netbios accept Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables acceptance of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packets received by this interface from an external source enabled disabled disabled netbios deliver Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables outbound delivery of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packets received by this interface from another interface enabled disabled disabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Table A 4 IPX Interface
211. his interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled continued 303531 A Rev 00 A 15 Configuring IPX Services Table A 6 RIP Parameters continued supply Description Specifies that the interface transmits all RIP periodic and triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled triggered update Description Legal values Default value Enables or disables the router to immediately propagate change in status information to other routers in the internetwork enabled disabled enabled update interval Description Legal values Default value Route Filter Parameters Adjusts the frequency of RIP update packet transmissions in seconds for this circuit lt unsigned integer gt 60 Router filters enable or disable inbound or outbound traffic from specified protocols To configure route filter parameters navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 Table A 7 Route Filter Parameters action Description Specifies how to process any RIP advertisement that matches the route filter criteria you established Legal values advertise suppress Default value advertise continued 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Table A 7 Route Filter Parameters continued cost Description Assigns a cost in ticks or hops for rou
212. hop count exceeds a value that is one less than the value of the Maximum Hops parameter This value must be the same across the network If the filter is an inbound filter the entered cost replaces the cost associated with the server in SAP advertisements sent from this router If this is an outbound filter the entered cost replaces the server s cost that is advertised in SAP packets by this router Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 12 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Service Name Filter Configuration window Figure B 21 IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Cancel OK Values Help Target Service Name printserv Target Service Type hex 0x0002 Figure B 21 IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Window Parameter Target Service Name Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Service Name Filters Default None Options Any valid alphanumeric service name or one containing wildcard
213. hops for this interface The cost is included in subsequent RIP packets sent to other interfaces IPX drops the packet when its hop count exceeds a value that is one less than the value of the Maximum Hops parameter This value must be the same across the network If the filter is an inbound filter the entered cost replaces the cost associated with the route in the RIP advertisement and the router uses this cost in its calculations If this is an outbound filter the entered cost replaces the route s cost that this router advertises in RIP packets Instructions Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 29 1 11 303531 A Rev 00 B 73 Configuring IPX Services Service Network Filter Configuration Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Service Network Filter Configuration window Figure B 19 IPX Service Network Filter Configuration Cancel OK Values Help Target Network hex 0x00000007 Target Network Mask hex OxFFFFFFFF Target Service Type hex 0x0123 Figure B 19 IPX Service Network Filter Configuration Window Parameter Target Network hex Path Configuration M
214. hree types of dial services dial on demand dial backup and bandwidth on demand Each dial service serves a different purpose e Dial on demand service reduces your line costs by establishing a connection between two devices only when there is data to send You do not incur the cost of a leased line that is active regardless of data traffic e Dial backup service provides a backup circuit when a leased circuit fails The backup circuit serves as an alternative path for data to reach the destination e Bandwidth on demand service provides up to 29 additional lines for a congested leased line a dial on demand line or a leased multilink bundle providing a total of 30 lines for communication The additional lines increase bandwidth for data traffic improving communication and reducing network delays For more information about dial services refer to Configuring Dial Services 303531 A Rev 00 6 101 Configuring IPX Services Using Dial on Demand Service Dial on demand supports synchronous lines RS 232 V 35 RS 422 and X 21 and ISDN interfaces When dial on demand is configured the router activates a dial on demand circuit for any one of the following reasons e The router has data to send across the circuit When the router has data to transmit it automatically selects one of the demand lines from the circuit s associated demand pool As long as data is going across the line the end to end connection remains active e
215. ibute or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals or any copy in whole or in part Except as expressly provided in this Agreement Licensee may not copy or transfer the Software or user manuals in whole or in part The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks and its licensors confidential and proprietary intellectual property Licensee shall not sublicense assign or otherwise disclose to any third party the Software or any information about the operation design performance or implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors however Licensee may grant permission to its consultants subcontractors and agents to use the Software at Licensee s facility provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license 3 Limited warranty Bay Networks warrants each item of Software as delivered by Bay Networks and properly installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for to function substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period which begins on the date Software is first shipped to Licensee If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period as the sole remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix patch or workaround for the problem that may be included in a future Software release Bay Networks further war
216. ic Page About the IPX Protocol 1 2 Network Layer Services 1 3 Supported LAN Circuits WAN Circuits and Frame Formats 1 3 Handling Packets Associated with Upper Layer Protocols 15 IPX Host ID Numbers 1 6 Multipath Routing and Load Sharing iz Types of IPX Configurations 1 12 IPX Ping Support 1 13 For More Information About IPX liz 303531 A Rev 00 1 1 Configuring IPX Services About the IPX Protocol The Internetwork Packet Exchange IPX protocol is the Novell Inc adaptation of the Xerox Network System XNS protocol IPX has the following characteristics It is a connectionless datagram delivery protocol Connectionless means that it does not need a channel established for packet delivery A datagram is a unit of data that contains all the addressing information required for it to be delivered to its destination The path or route that one datagram follows to reach a destination is independent of the path or route that another datagram may follow to reach the same destination It does not guarantee the delivery of packets Upper layer protocols assume the responsibility for reliability The upper layer protocols that IPX uses are SPX and NCP It uses the Internet Data Packet IDP format IPX is the network layer routing protocol used in the NetWare environment The primary tasks of IPX are addressing routing and switching information packets from one location to another on a network The network interface car
217. ice in its SAP services table and the filter action is Advertise Accept e The router does not find an outbound filter that matches the service in its SAP services table The IPX router excludes information about a service from a SAP packet only if it finds a match between an inbound filter s contents and the contents of its SAP services table and the filter action is Suppress Similarly the IPX router accepts information about a service in a SAP packet if either of the following is true e The router finds a match between an inbound filter s contents and the service in the SAP packet and the filter action is Advertise Accept e The router does not find an inbound filter that matches the service in the SAP packet Using Wildcards and Pattern Matching with SAP Filters Wildcards and pattern matching are shortcut techniques for setting up SAP filters Wildcards are characters that match zero or more instances of any valid character In other words a wildcard in a filter matches any allowable characters depending on which wildcard you specify Pattern matching lets you selectively filter by named entities The following sections describe each of these techniques Using Wildcards with SAP Filters Using wildcards in SAP filters you can configure a single SAP filter to match a set of services When you use wildcards you can configure the filter based on the service name which lets you configure a SAP filter based on the characte
218. ield RIF information to the packet s MAC header e Sends the packet to the network where it is source routed toward the next hop After the peer router receives the packet from the token ring network it strips off the RIF field and continues to route the packet toward the destination network address IPX router 2 HMAC HID IH op IPX router 1 Bridge A Bridge B ES2 WF2 WF1 LLC IPX DATA Packet sent from ES1 WF2 WF1 0830 001A002B 0030 DATA Packet sent from router 1 WF2 WF1 DATA Packet sent from router 2 IPXOO19A Figure 6 1 IPX Routers Source Routing across a Token Ring Network 303531 A Rev 00 6 27 Configuring IPX Services The transition to network layer routing outside the source route bridge environment can improve overall network performance by reducing source route bridge overhead on a WAN and can maximize network availability by rapidly rerouting around a failed link When you enable IPX for an interface on a token ring circuit by default the router disables source routing Accept the default if you do not want to use source routing over this interface You should enable source routing if this interface connects to a bridged token ring network Using the BCC To enable source routing for an IPX interface on a token ring circuit navigate to the IPX int
219. iguration window opens 4 Choose Adj Hosts The IPX Adjacent Host window opens 5 Click on Add The IPX Adjacent Hosts Configuration window opens Set the Adjacent Host Address hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 51 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 97 Configuring IPX Services Creating a Frame Relay SVC to an Adjacent Host You can create a frame relay SVC to an adjacent host You must first enable frame relay SVC broadcasts and then identify the SVC To identify the SVC you must supply e Hexadecimal address of the remote party e Type of number used to establish an SVC to the adjacent host e Type of adjacent host Using the BCC By default the router enables frame relay SVC broadcasts on an IPX interface To disable frame relay SVC broadcasts navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box framerelay 3 1 ipx 00023456 and enter svcbroadcast disabled To enable frame relay SVC broadcasts navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box framerelay 3 1 ipx 00023456 and enter svcbroadcast enabled To identify the remote party navigate to the adjacent host prompt for example box framerelay 3 1 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 and enter subaddress address address is an 8 digit hexadecimal number For example to set the subaddress to 0x67678934
220. interface To add RIP and SAP to an IPX interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window click on the connector on which you want to add RIP and SAP services The Edit Connector window opens Click on Edit Circuit The Circuit Definition window opens Choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose Add Delete The Select Protocols window opens aJ eAJV N Select RIP SAP and click on OK You return to the Circuit Definition window D Choose File The File menu opens 7 Choose Exit You return to the Configuration Manager window If you do not configure RIP for a WAN interface you must configure adjacent hosts for all transmission paths to nodes adjacent to frame relay ATM or SDMS circuits when you configure an IPX interface You must then configure static routes that use the adjacent hosts to reach next hop hosts For more information about static routes and adjacent hosts see Using Static Routes on page 6 110 and Configuring an Adjacent Host for an Interface on page 6 92 303531 A Rev 00 Starting IPX Services Using Site Manager Deleting RIP and SAP from an IPX Interface To delete RIP and SAP from an IPX interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window
221. is parameter IPX uses only the lowest cost path to send data to a destination network 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 6 Maximum Hops Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 16 1 to 255 Specifies the maximum number of hops an IPX packet can take to reach its destination Accept the default 16 or specify an integer from 1 to 255 In the case of RIP every node in the network should use the same Maximum Hops parameter value 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 7 B 16 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Destination Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 0 0 to 5000 Specifies the maximum number of destinations networks for the router to learn IPX uses this value to preallocate table sizes for forwarding and network tables If you specify 0 the default value IPX dynamically allocates the amount of memory it needs for the tables Changing this value can greatly affect the memory use by IPX but it can also speed learning time for the router Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you
222. isabled split horizon you may want to change this setting so that the router does not respond to SAP get_nearest_server requests Using the BCC To specify that SAP not respond to get_nearest_server requests navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter nearest server reply disabled To specify that SAP responds to get_nearest_server requests navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter nearest server reply enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 65 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify whether SAP responds to get_nearest_server requests complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Set the Nearest Server Reply parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 44 Click on OK 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 You return to the Configuration Manager window Using a Multicast Address By default when you enable SAP on a router the router uses a multicast address to send out SAP packets You can change the setting to disable multicast transmission of SAP packets Using the BCC To
223. isnsnsaosmiii erni B 3 Figure B 2 IPXWAN Configuration Window sssesssessssssisesinssrrsssrnesrnsssnnsssnsssnesrne B 7 Figure B 3 Edit IPX Global Parameters Window ssssesessessesssisissrssrerreinersrrsrnrrnrnenne B 9 Figure B 4 IPX Advanced Global Parameters WiNdOW cceeseeseesseeeeeeeneeeaee B 13 Figure BS IPX inteorhaces WINGOW scsnsinanisisniea ene aeeeE B 22 Figure B 6 IPX Change Circuit Window P ad deka P E cats E ET B 31 303531 A Rev 00 xiii Xiv Figure B 7 Figure B 8 Figure B 9 Figure B 10 Figure B 11 Figure B 12 Figure B 13 Figure B 14 Figure B 15 Figure B 16 Figure B 17 Figure B 18 Figure B 19 Figure B 20 Figure B 21 Figure B 22 Figure E 1 IPX PIP Grout I erntsiexsiertsraneraanl a hea B 35 IPX SAP Circuit Window Sie ence eee RRRS AE ER B 41 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Window cceeeeeees B 46 IPX NetBIOS Static Routes Window ecsceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneees B 48 IPX Adjacent Host Configuration Window 00 eseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeees B 50 IPX Adacant Hosts WV as sacreceracanenrnascrtasa taantaeias arse astinicesmenisy B 53 IPX Static Route Configuration Window cccccesceseeeteeeseeeeseeeeeeees B 56 IPX Statie Rates Window sinaoni ascen B 59 IPX Static Services Configuration Window essssseeesseesseesseessresrsessree B 61 IPX Statie Services Window senene An B 64 IPX Route Filter Configuration
224. ject ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Split Horizon Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Enable Enable Disable When generating RIP updates to be transmitted from an interface the interface can exclude RIP routes learned on that interface Select Enable if you previously set this parameter to Disable and now do not want the router to transmit RIP updates received from the interface over that same interface Select Disable only if you want the router to transmit RIP updates received from the interface over that same interface Routes learned on that interface will be included in the RIP updates generated for that interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 15 Immediate Update Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP Enable Enable Disable When a change in status occurs for this circuit immediately propagate that information to other routers in the internetwork Accept the default Enabling this parameter facilitates network traffic by letting routers know immediately about new or failed routes When this parameter is disabled other routers learn about such changes only at the next periodic update interval 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 17 303531 A Rev 00 B 39 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID
225. l purchase price 1 License Grant Bay Networks Inc Bay Networks grants the end user of the Software Licensee a personal nonexclusive nontransferable license a to use the Software either on a single computer or if applicable on a single authorized device identified by host ID for which it was originally acquired b to copy the Software solely for backup purposes in support of authorized use of the Software and c to use and copy the associated user manual solely in support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee This license applies to the Software only and does not extend to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees for such software 2 Restrictions on use reservation of rights The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws Bay Networks and or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals including any revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals Licensee may not modify translate decompile disassemble use for any competitive analysis reverse engineer distr
226. laws of the state of California Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement contact Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway PO Box 58185 Santa Clara California 95054 8185 LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTANDS IT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND LICENSEE WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT INCLUDING AN EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT iv 303531 A Rev 00 Contents Preface PYM NUNN a ce cactatit aa E toa cas suea A eee lady TE E A oatakiy xvii PME smaram T E xviii PTO E a east at aae nae nae eA asIES xix Bay Networks Technical Publications css csissdncsarboedevardcectecbessiwuscstesxrosieesexcusyicorkdaureeersuue xxi Fow to Ger HEI araeo a eee ere eer ee eer xxii Chapter 1 IPX Concepts About the IPX Protocol cscs ciescrossipsesapiiaatoeans ana ER o a 1 2 Network Layer SEIS ja rnis santas pentien S AA A R A 1 3 Supported LAN Circuits WAN Circuits and Frame Formats cccccscceeseeesseeeesseeees 1 3 Handling Packets Associated with Upper Layer Protocols sssssseesesssssresseensssnnnn 1 5 IPA
227. lients with specific NetWare services such as file print gateway or terminal server services The remote IPX host address consists of a string of up to 12 hexadecimal characters 6 bytes Using the BCC To specify the address of a remote IPX host navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter host address address address is the address of a remote host in hexadecimal format For example to specify 0x92416 as the address for a remote host enter static service 00023456 printer 0987 host address 0x92416 6 78 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the address of a remote IPX host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Set the Host Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 65 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Socket Address of a Service You must enter a socket address consisting of 4 hexadecimal characters when you are using a static service Valid so
228. lists Router A and Router B but does not provide configurations for them The following assumptions apply The router uses the tick based RIP method The frame relay cloud is non fully meshed and all PVCs are group mode You have set the management type to default You have configured RIP for all interfaces You have enabled Multiple Host Addressing under IPX Global Default settings are in effect for all timer values 303531 A Rev 00 E 1 Configuring IPX Services a S E E I 4 Router E E Router A B Frame Relay c E nonfully meshed group o APX 7 Network 8022 0x0000000C ericapsu aton 1 m Novell IPX Network 0x0000000D 4X c IPX Network S22 IPX Network 031 IPX Network server 0x0000000A LS 0x0000000B j 0x0000000E E21 S21 S21 Cc rf C Novell i 3 X server a 802 2 encapsulation Key S Server C Client IPX0023A Figure E 1 Sample IPX Configuration Configuration Particulars Router 1 Edit the E21 circuit and add the IPX and RIP protocols The IPX Configuration window appears Set the Configur
229. ltering mode that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router Using the BCC To filter specified types of log messages navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter log filter option option is one of the following debug info trace debug info debug trace info trace debug info trace For example the following command causes IPX to filter Info messages ipx log filter info 6 4 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the filtering mode complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Log Filter parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 15 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Maximum Number of Equal Cost Paths You can specify the maximum number of equal cost paths over which IPX will do load balancing to a particular destination For example if the maximum number of path splits is non zero and there are five equal cost routes to a destination IPX will distribute the packets over the five paths in a r
230. lters on an interface This feature ensures that visibility to NetBIOS resources is limited to networks that need access to certain resources This capability can enhance security and preserve bandwidth by controlling the flow of NetBIOS traffic You can configure an interface to either accept or not accept NetBIOS broadcasts from an attached network and to deliver or not deliver NetBIOS broadcasts to a network By default both of these parameters are disabled Using the BCC To specify that an interface accepts NetBIOS broadcasts from an attached network navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter netbios accept enabled To specify that an interface not accept NetBIOS broadcasts from an attached network navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter netbios accept disabled To specify that an interface delivers NetBIOS broadcasts from an attached network navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter netbios deliver enabled 6 88 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX To specify that an interface not deliver NetBIOS broadcasts from an attached network navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter netbios deliver disabled Using Site Manager To configure NetBIOS broadcast filters on an interface complete these tasks Si
231. ly to services learned on the specified protocol when sending SAP updates This does not apply to inbound services Specify the protocol on which you want to apply the filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 10 B 86 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter Advertise Accept Advertise Accept Suppress Specifies how to process any SAP advertisement that matches the SAP filter criteria you established in the Target Service Name and Target Service Type parameters Select Advertise Accept to enable the filter to allow advertisement or acceptance of services that match the filter criteria you established in the Service Name and Service Type parameters Select Suppress to configure the IPX router to drop SAP advertisements that match the SAP filter criteria you established in the Service Name and Service Type parameters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Cost Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter 1 for hop or tick based routing 1 to maximum positive integer if tick based routing is enabled 1 to one less than the value specified in the Maximum Hops parameter if ho
232. mber of router hops a packet can traverse to reach a network segment The maximum number of hops is 15 By default the router assesses the time delay in ticks If you accept the default and the router knows about two paths to a network and both paths have equal tick values the router chooses the path with the smallest number of hops If you select hop and the best route results in the same number of hops the router makes its decision based only on the number of hops between network segments Bay Networks recommends using the default tick based method Note that every node on the network must use the same routing method Using the BCC To specify the routing method navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter routing method method method is one of the following tick hop For example to specify that IPX use hop based routing enter ipx routing method hop 303531 A Rev 00 6 17 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the routing method complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Global Advanced Parameters window opens 5 Set the Routing Method parameter Click on Help or see the parameter d
233. me of the target server address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the target network For example to add a NetBIOS static route on network address 0x00042567 and identify it as route6 box static netbios route name route6 network 42567 Using Site Manager To add a NetBIOS static route complete these tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX 3 Choose NetBIOS Static Routes The IPX menu opens The IPX NetBIOS Static Routes window opens Click on Add The IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration window opens Set the following parameters Target Server Target Network hex Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 49 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Disabling and Reenabling the Static Route Record in the NetBIOS Routing Table If you are sending NetBIOS packets over a network you should enable this feature By default the router enables the static route record in the NetBIOS routing table Using the BCC To disable the static route record in the NetBIOS routing table navigate to the NetBIOS static route prompt for example box ipx static netbios route route6 00042567 and enter state disabled To reenable the static route recor
234. meters cssccssceseesecceeeeesseeeeanesseeseaneeseeesneensnes B 50 IPA Adjacent Hosts Parameters cess act csatcineistesaseutesacceuces ediutiviel aiaei etia a B 53 IPX Static Route Configuration Parameters scsi ccssccciasuveeicccsencciesadtendacconmdedennincegiocenaue B 56 IPX Static Route Parameter Descriptlons sessaisinisnianiiniia a B 59 IPX Static Service Configuration Parameters ccceseeeeeeeees ibora ein aia B 61 IPX Static Service Parallels seccsssntreacdnpetnciseteshiceadactat aioe eerie aad B 64 Route Filter Configuration Parameters ccccccccsccessscccsseecesseeecsseeescsseeeseeesssaeeeseees B 67 IPX Route Filter Parameters re penned PE E E A teat pdig ina B 69 Service Network Filter Configuration Parameters eeseeeeeeeesesererrrssrresrererrrerneene B 74 IPX Service Network Filter Parameters ccccceeccceeeceeeececeeceaeeeeaeeeaeesaeeeeaeeseneeeeeenees B 77 IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Parameters esssssesseesseesssessessresssrrssrensens B 82 IPX service Name Filter Parameters csnrinsinnirinonanenaaa abies nbiedens B 84 Appendix C BCC show Commands for IPX SDO IPA SUMINA a A R Oe Mov Pe APES NOSIE riiai a a ak C 2 Show IDX NOMI nioan a N E C 3 SE To NU E A C 3 show ipx interfaces P aai PT pa E PPT P FA P PR 0 4 SNOW IDK TIPS ciiao OAO EREA SS C 5 117369 B Rev 00 xi show Proe HEE eana main in es RN Ee show ipx routes T Sbeniade Se
235. mple box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter save full name disabled To cause the router to save all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter save full name enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 67 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify whether the router saves all 48 bytes in the service name field of SAP packets or ignores all characters after the null character when a service field name is less than 48 bytes complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Save Full Name parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 45 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Transmitting and Receiving SAP Updates over the Same Interface The split horizon algorithm is part of the Novell specification for the IPX protocol Its purpose is to prevent circular routes and reduce network traffic The Bay Networks implementation of split horizon excludes SAP updates learned from a neighbor when forwarding SAP updates to that neighbor Split horizon is ena
236. n using all available defaults for the IPX services described in this guide Topic Page Starting IPX 3 2 Starting IPXWAN Services 3 3 Starting RIP and SAP Services 4 For conceptual information about IPX see Chapter 1 IPX Concepts For information about customizing the way IPX runs on the router see Chapters 3 through 5 This chapter assumes that you have read Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager 303531 A Rev 00 3 1 Configuring IPX Services Starting IPX Before you can start IPX you must configure a circuit that IPX can use as an interface to an attached network For information and instructions see Configuring WAN Line Services and Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services When you have successfully configured the circuit the Select Protocols window opens Proceed as follows Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Select Protocols window choose IPX or select RIP SAP which automatically selects IPX and click on OK The IPX Configuration window opens Set the Configured Network Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 3 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window You provide the same information when configuring IPX to run over a LAN or WAN To customize IPX to run over a LAN see Chapter 4 Customizing IPX for LAN Media To
237. nabled For example to specify that IPX transmits triggered RIP updates enter rip 00023456 supply enabled To specify that IPX not learn routes received in RIP updates from neighboring routers navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter listen disabled To specify that IPX learns routes received in RIP updates from neighboring routers navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter listen enabled For example to specify that the IPX interface learns routes received in RIP updates from neighboring routers enter rip 00023456 listen enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 41 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify whether IPX transmits or receives periodic or triggered RIP updates complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 36 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Determining the Pace of RIP Packets The RIP pace determines the frequency in packets per second at which RIP sends o
238. nd enter outbound disabled 6 120 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX To specify that a SAP filter enable outgoing SAP advertisements navigate to the route filter prompt for example box ipx 00023456 route filter 0x8888 0x2121 and enter outbound enabled Using Site Manager To specify the filter mode complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The Protocols menu opens The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Choose Route Filter The IPX Route Filters window opens 5 Set the Mode parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 71 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Figure 6 14 shows an example of SAP outbound filtering 303531 A Rev 00 6 121 Configuring IPX Services mz SAP update E pertaining only R1 to Server B R2 Network A LH E CS gt E LS Network C Server A not visible to Network B Network D Networks C and D I Drop outbound SAP updates Server B pertaining to Server A IPXOOLIA Figure 6 14
239. net frames e FDDI circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames e HSSI circuits support PPP and SNAP frames e ISDN circuits support PPP frames 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 40 Circuit Index Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change System assigned Any valid circuit identifier Uniquely identifies this circuit within this instance of IPX Accept the default or enter a valid circuit identifier 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 6 B 32 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters IPXWAN Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change Enable Enable Disable Enables or disables IPXWAN for this interface on the router This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX WAN interfaces Select Enable to turn on IPXWAN negotiation for this interface Select Disable to turn off IPX WAN negotiation for this interface Not Applicable Common Network Number Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt Circuit gt Change None Any valid IPX network number 0x00000000 to OXFFFFFFFD in hexadecimal format Specifies the IPX common network number assigned to this IPX circuit This parameter is active only for circuits that are configured as IPX
240. next hop network NextHop Host Address The address of the next hop host Ticks The cost in ticks for this interface Hops The cost in hops for this interface show ipx static services The show ipx static services command displays IPX static service table information C 12 303531 A Rev 00 BCC show Commands for IPX The output contains the following information Serv Name The symbolic name of the server Network The network address Host Address The host address Hops The cost in hops for this interface Interface Name Identifies the name of the IPX interface Nexthop Network The address of the next hop network Type The type of service Sock The socket address of this service show ipx stats The show ipx stats command displays IPX statistical information The output contains the following information Name The name of the IPX interface Network The network address In Receive Number of packets received In Deliver Number of packets delivered Out Request Number of packet requests Forward Number of packets forwarded In Discard Number of packets received that were discarded Out Discard Number of packets sent that were discarded 303531 A Rev 00 C 13 Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier Wildcard FFFF Unknown 0000 User 0001 User Group 0002 Pri
241. now configured on the serial interface with default values for all interface parameters When you configure an IPX WAN interface the BCC also configures IPX globally on the router with default values for all IPX global parameters You customize IPXWAN by modifying IPX global and IPX interface parameters as described in Chapter 6 Customizing IPX Starting RIP You start RIP on the router by adding RIP to an existing IPX interface To start RIP navigate to an IPX interface specific prompt and enter rip For example the following command adds RIP to IPX interface 0x2222 ipx 00002222 rip rip 00002222 RIP is now running on the router and on the interface with default values for all parameters You customize RIP by modifying RIP parameters as described in Chapter 6 Customizing IPX Starting SAP You start SAP on the router by adding SAP to an existing IPX interface To start SAP navigate to an IPX interface specific prompt and enter sap For example the following command adds SAP to IPX interface 0x2222 ipx 00002222 sap sap 00002222 SAP is now running on the router and on the interface with default values for all parameters You customize SAP by modifying SAP parameters as described in Chapter 6 Customizing IPX 303531 A Rev 00 2 5 Chapter 3 Starting IPX Services Using Site Manager This chapter shows you how to use Site Manager to perform a basic configuration that is a configuratio
242. nt Queue 0003 NetWare File Server V3 x 0004 Job Server 0005 Gateway 0006 Print Server 0007 Archive Queue 0008 Archive Server 0009 Job Queue 000A Administration 000B Diagnostics 0017 NetBIOS 0020 NAS SNA Gateway 0021 continued 303531 A Rev 00 D 1 Configuring IPX Services Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier NACS 0023 Remote Bridge Server 0024 Bridge Server 0026 TCP IP Gateway Racal Datacom 0027 Eicon X 25 Point to Point GW 0028 Eicon 3270 Gateway 0029 CHI Corp 002A Unknown 002C Time Synchronization Server 002D Archive Srvr Dynamic SAP SMS TSA 002E DI3270 Gateway 0045 Advertising Print Server 0047 TCP IP Gateway Racal Datacom 0048 Unknown 004A Btrieve VAP 5 x 004B NetWare SQL VAP NLM 004C Xtree Network Version 004D Btrieve VAP 4 x 0050 QuickLink Cubix 0052 Print Queue User 0053 ARCserve VAP 0055 Eicon X 25 Multi Point Gateway 0058 ARCserv 0064 ARCserve 3 0 0066 continued D 2 303531 A Rev 00 Common Service Types and Identifiers Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers continued Hexadecimal Service Type Identifier WANcopy Utility 0072 Cheyenne ARCserv 5 0 Intel 0077 TES NetWare for VMS 007A Emerald Backup WATCOM Debugger 0092 TES NetWare for VMS 0095 NetWare Access Server NAS
243. o be matched The server name or filter pattern can consist of up to 48 alphanumeric characters You can specify any valid alphanumeric server name or one containing wildcard characters or a pattern matching regular expression See Using Wildcards and Pattern Matching with SAP Filters on page 6 127 for lists of these characters 6 136 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using the BCC To specify the service name or filter type navigate to the server name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter name name name is any valid alphanumeric server name For example to set the service name to Hoboken enter server nam Using Site Manager filter 00023456 myname name Hoboken To specify the service name or filter type complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens Set the Target Server parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 85 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 137 Configuring IPX Services
244. o on To specify a backslash enter two backslashes You can also use the hexadecimal equivalent wx of any valid ASCII character For example you can specify 20 for space or 21 for note that xx counts as one character Specifies the name of the NetBIOS server Enter the name or part of the name of the NetBIOS server The name can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters For a list of the wildcards and pattern matching characters see Table 6 1 on page 5 129 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 27 1 4 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Note The Configuration Manager does not let you reconfigure the Target Server parameter for a static route If you want to change this parameter you must delete the static route and add a new route However you can reconfigure all other parameters associated with a static route Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt NetBIOS Static Routes gt Add None Any valid network address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the address of a destination network that you want to receive NetBIOS broadcast packets destined for the specified target server Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 27 1 5 303531 A Rev 00 B 47 Configuring IPX Services IPX NetBIOS Static Route Parameters IPX NetBIOS static route parameters determine the location of a NetBIOS static route You access th
245. o the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter novell certification conformance enabled Using Site Manager To enable or disable Novell certification conformance complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The IPX Global Parameters window opens Click on Advanced The IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens Set the Novell Certification Conformance parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 21 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 87 Configuring IPX Services Directing a NetBIOS Packet Using Standard Static Routing To configure NetBIOS static routes in conformance with Novell standards you must configure a static route for each hop in the network After you specify the static route to a NetBIOS name the IPX router converts standard NetBIOS broadcast packets to NetBIOS directed broadcast packets e NetBIOS broadcast packets are sent to all accessible host IDs on all accessible IPX networks e NetBIOS directed broadcast packets are sent to all host IDs on a single IPX network Configuring NetBIOS Broadcast Filters You can control the propagation of IPX NetBIOS broadcasts by configuring NetBIOS broadcast fi
246. o the restrictions set forth in subparagraph c 1 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52 227 19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian agencies and subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS 252 227 7013 for agencies of the Department of Defense or their successors whichever is applicable 6 Use of Software in the European Community This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the European Community If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community the Software Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May 1991 will apply to the examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks 7 Term and termination This license is effective until terminated however all of the restrictions with respect to Bay Networks copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the Bay Networks copyright those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks confidential information shall continue in effect Licensee may terminate this license at any time The license will automatically terminate if Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license U
247. oblem by implementing NetWare s auto logoff feature to ensure that client sessions are released when they are no longer in use Using the BCC By default the router does not use local watchdog acknowledgement To configure the router to use local watchdog acknowledgment navigate to the IPXWAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter watchdog spoofing enabled To disable local watchdog acknowledgment navigate to the IPX WAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter watchdog spoofing disabled For example to configure an IPX WAN interface to use local watchdog acknowledgment enter ipxwan 00055555 4 watchdog spoofing enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 105 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To configure the router to use local watchdog acknowledgment complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the IPX Watchdog Spoofing parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 29 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring Dial Optimized Routing for IPX Dial optimized routing lets you exchange IPX RIP SAP routing updates only when a connection is active f
248. ommand configures a serial interface on slot 3 connector 2 box serial slot 3 connector 2 serial 3 2 303531 A Rev 00 2 3 Configuring IPX Services Step 2 Configuring a WAN Protocol Before you can configure IPX WAN services you must configure a WAN protocol To configure a WAN protocol navigate to the prompt for the physical interface and then configure the WAN protocol on the physical interface For example the following commands configure PPP on a serial interface on slot 3 connector 2 box serial slot 3 connector 2 serial 3 2 ppp ppp 3 2 Step 3 Configuring an IPXWAN Interface To configure IPXWAN navigate to the prompt for the WAN protocol and enter ipxwan address oxwan_address router name name primary network address negotiated protocol protocol ipxwan_address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the IPK WAN interface name is the symbolic name of the router address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the primary network protocol is one of the following wan rip unnumbered rip wan unnumbered rips For example the following command configures an IPX WAN interface on a serial interface running PPP on slot 3 connector 2 box serial slot 3 connector 2 serial 3 2 ppp ppp 3 2 ipxwan ppp 3 2 ipxwan 0x543 router name myrouter primary net 0x555 ppp 3 2 negotiated protocol wan rip 2 4 303531 A Rev 00 Starting IPX Services Using the BCC An IPXWAN interface is
249. on navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter split horizon enabled Using Site Manager To disable or reenable split horizon complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Set the Split Horizon parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 39 Click on OK 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Updating Routers About a New or Failed Route By default when a circuit is added to a router or goes down on a router the router immediately propagates this status change to other routers in the internetwork When you disable this update mechanism other routers learn about such changes only at the next periodic update interval Using the BCC To specify that routers learn about new or failed routes only at the next periodic update interval navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter triggered update disabled To specify that routers learn immediately about new or failed routes navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for
250. on determines the path a packet traverses based on a randomly assigned number that corresponds to a particular data path of the multiline circuit This algorithm avoids congestion by providing even distribution across multiple data paths Unlike address based selection random data path selection does not guarantee the sequence of packets as they are received at their destination Consequently random data path selection is intended for use with protocols whose upper layers provide resequencing techniques data paths including HSSI All data paths must incorporate the same encapsulation method maximum transmission unit MTU and effective bandwidth Note Multiline circuits can be configured using only synchronous interfaces gt The differences between multiline circuits and IPX multipath are as follows e Multiline circuits operate across point to point links between two Bay Networks routers IPX multipath operates across a random topology both LAN and WAN e Multiline is protocol independent IPX multipath is IPX based e Multiline circuits require WAN links of equal bandwidth on which to distribute IPX traffic IPX multipath supports links of varying speeds e Multiline circuits do not support the adoption of alternative links when WAN links fail 303531 A Rev 00 1 11 Configuring IPX Services Types of IPX Configurations The basic types of IPX configurations are Multiple host router This common configura
251. on the router To configure IPXWAN parameters navigate to the global IPXWAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 Table A 2 IPXWAN Parameters address Description Legal values Default value Specifies the address for this IPX interface lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none broadcast address Description Legal values Default value Specifies a broadcast address for this IPX interface lt octet string gt Ox circuit name Description Legal values Default value Specifies a symbolic name for the interface lt string gt cost Description Sets the cost number of ticks or hops for this interface Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 delay Description Specifies the length of time in microseconds required to transmit 1 byte of data excluding protocol headers to a destination on the other end of this IPX circuit if the circuit is free of other traffic Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 encapsulation Description Legal values Default value Specifies the encapsulation method for each circuit type ethernet Isap novell snap Isap continued 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Table A 2 IPXWAN Parameters continued host address Description Legal values Default value Specifies a host number that is unique within the IPX internetwork to this IPX inter
252. opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the following parameters Update Interval sec Age Multiplier Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on page B 43 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring a Default Route for SAP A SAP advertisement can be learned from an interface when the network number advertised in the SAP advertisement is unreachable but a default route is accessible from that interface This feature gives you the option of making SAP entries available when the IPX default route is reachable If you enable SAP via default route you enable IPX default routing globally for SAP advertisements and cause the router to accept a service if a direct or default router is known If you disable SAP via default route the router accepts a service only if a direct route to the server advertising the service is known Note Because his feature deviates from the IPX Default Route specification enabling it may cause the interface to be incompatible with other router implementations 6 60 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using the BCC To enable SAP advertising via the default route navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter sap via default route enabled To disable SAP advertising via the default route navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter sap via default route disabled
253. or data transmission Limiting when the router can send updates reduces unnecessary connections and line costs For each dial on demand circuit you can enable dial optimized routing If you enable dial optimized routing the router establishes a demand connection only for outbound data packets or through requests from the protocol The presence of IPX RIP SAP packets alone will not trigger a dial connection If you disable dial optimized routing any packet can initiate demand connections After you enable dial optimized routing on a dial on demand circuit the router sends routing updates independent of data only as follows e The first time an IPX interface becomes active e Triggered updates while the circuit is active e Scheduled updates using a broadcast timer You can use dial optimized routing for IPX only after you enable it on a PPP dial on demand circuit See Configuring Dial Services for instructions on how to enable dial optimized routing 6 106 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Getting Optimum Performance Using IPX Dial Optimized Routing To use dial optimized routing most effectively Bay Networks recommends that you follow the practices described below 1 Set the inactivity mode to transmit only Any other setting causes the inactivity mode to reset when the receive end cannot filter serialization watchdog and keepalive packets for NORESET These packets can keep the demand line active for long periods of time
254. ormation The show ipx static netbios routes command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments net lt target_net_address gt Displays information about the IPX NetBIOS static route having the specified target network address name lt target_name gt Displays information about the IPX NetBIOS static route having the specified symbolic target name The output contains the following information Target Name The name of the target server Target Network The address of the target network Current State Specifies if the static NetBIOS routes feature is enabled 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services show ipx static routes The show ipx static routes command displays IPX static route information The show ipx static routes command supports the following command filters flags and filter arguments net lt address gt Displays information about the IPX static route having the specified network address nexthophost lt host_address gt Displays information about the IPX static route with a next hop host that has the specified address nexthopnet lt net_address gt Displays information the IPX static route with a next hop host that has the specified network address The output contains the following information Static Network The address of the static network State The state of the NetBIOS static route Interface Name The name of the IPX interface NextHop Network The address of the
255. ort LSAP and SNAP frames HSSI circuits support PPP and SNAP frames ISDN circuits support PPP frames 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 40 TR End Station Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables source routing on this interface This parameter appears only when you add an IPX interface on a token ring circuit Select Enable if this interface connects to a bridged token ring network Select Disable only if you want to disable source routing over this interface 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 59 B 26 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters NetBIOS Accept Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables acceptance of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packets received by this interface from an external source Select Enable if you want this interface to accept all NetBIOS broadcast packets from an external source Select Disable if you want this interface to reject all NetBIOS broadcast packets from an external source 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 60 NetBIOS Deliver Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces Disable Enable Disable Enables or disables outbound delivery of all NetBIOS Type 20 broadcast packe
256. ou return to the Configuration Manager window 6 138 303531 A Rev 00 Setting the Filter Priority Customizing IPX Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface You can specify a priority in the range of 0 to the maximum positive integer Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is zero Using the BCC To specify a filter s priority navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter priority value value is a decimal value from 0 to the maximum positive integer For example to set the priority to 12 enter server nam Using Site Manager filter 00023456 myname priority 12 To specify a filter s priority complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens Set the Filter Priority parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 86 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 139
257. ound robin fashion Using the BCC To specify the maximum number of paths allowed for a given network destination and routing method navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter maximum path integer integer is the number between 1 and 1023 of paths For example the following command sets the number of paths to age to 999 ipx maximum path 999 303531 A Rev 00 6 5 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify whether the router will do load balancing to a particular destination complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens Set the Maximum Path parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 15 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Maximum Number of Destinations You can specify the maximum number of destinations networks for the router to learn IPX uses this value to preallocate table sizes for forwarding and network tables If you use the default value 0 IPX dynamically allocates the amount of memory it needs for the tables Do not change the default unless you ar
258. outing capabilities and all RIP supply and listen activities over an IPX interface You should configure static routes and disable IPX RIP and SAP advertisements when implementing dial on demand routing over a wide area link IPX RIP and SAP advertisements force dial on demand connections to be continuously established which prevents user defined dial on demand expiration time limits from being reached See Dial Services for IPX on page 6 101 for details on using this feature Unlike routes learned through RIP static routes remain in the route tables until you delete them RIP routes have priority over static learned routes if both routes have the same cost If you do not have the RIP listen functions enabled the local network will not learn about new routes on the network route changes or deleted routes Static route support lets you identify the next interface and next router in the path toward a destination network After you configure a static route for an interface the router advertises that route in its usual RIP broadcasts For example in Figure 6 13 to establish a static route between IPX network A and IPX network B through interface 1 on router R1 a static route must be established from router R1 to router R2 The static route entry in router R1 directs any traffic destined for network B through interface 1 to router R2 In turn the static route entry in router R2 directs any traffic destined for network B through inter
259. p all routes to allow one or more specific routes To drop all routes apply a filter at a low priority For example in the IPX Route Filters window enter the value Ox FFFFFFFF for the Target Network parameter the value OxFFFFFFFF for the Target Network Mask and set the Action parameter to Suppress Add the filters you want by specifying higher priorities to advertise specific routes For example enter the value 0x308 1be86 for the Target Network parameter the value OxFFFFFFFF for the Target Network Mask parameter and set the Priority parameter to 1 Using SAP Filters An SAP filter is a pattern for matching a service name or service network The router scans incoming and outgoing SAP packets to see whether certain fields in the packet match the filter The type of filter service name or service network determines which fields the router examines When you configure the filter you can specify what the router does with the services in the packet when it finds a match 303531 A Rev 00 6 119 Configuring IPX Services You can create SAP filters on Bay Networks routers in your network to regulate both incoming and outgoing SAP advertisements You can use SAP filters to control the size of resident SAP service tables and reduce bandwidth usage on your network due to SAP broadcast overhead You can also create SAP filters as a security mechanism to restrict a user s view of services located elsewhere on the network Each SAP filter
260. p based routing is enabled Used only when the Action parameter is Advertise Accept this parameter assigns a cost for routes matching this filter A zero cost indicates that the route s actual cost should be used This parameter sets the cost number of ticks or hops for this interface The cost is included in subsequent SAP packets sent to other interfaces IPX disposes of the packet when its hop count passes a value that is one less than the value of the Maximum Hops parameter This value must be the same across the network Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an expert IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are qualified as an expert user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router If the filter is an inbound filter the entered cost replaces the cost associated with the server in the SAP advertisement and the router uses this cost in its calculations If this is an outbound filter the entered cost replaces the server s cost that is advertised in SAP packets by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 11 B 88 303531 A Rev 00 Appendix C BCC show Commands for IPX This appendix describes how to use the BCC show command to obtain IPX statistical data from the management information base MIB The typ
261. pdates so that when a change in status occurs for a circuit the router immediately propagates this status change to other routers in the internetwork When you disable immediate SAP updates other routers learn about such changes only at the next periodic update interval Using the BCC To specify that routers learn about new or failed services only at the next periodic update interval navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter triggered update disabled To specify that routers learn immediately about new or failed services navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter triggered update enabled Using Site Manager To let routers know immediately about new or failed services complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose SAP The IPX SAP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Immediate Update parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 46 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 70 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Static Services When you statically configure NetWare services
262. ple 6 133 SAP filters prohibiting SAP broadcasts 6 73 SAP filters with pattern matching 6 129 SAP pattern matching characters 6 129 service name filter configuration parameters B 82 service network filter parameters 6 133 B 74 B 77 traffic filters with dial on demand 6 104 filters SAP filters with wildcards 6 127 frame encapsulation types 4 1 4 11 frame formats 1 17 frame relay 5 2 5 3 circuits 6 39 fully meshed network 6 50 split horizon enabled 6 50 G global parameters advanced descriptions B 22 advanced editing B 22 H HDLC encapsulation 6 35 hop as basis for routing decision 1 5 definition B 14 RIP maximum 6 17 303531 A Rev 00 hop count B 14 host Router Host Number parameter B 11 Host Count advanced global parameter B 18 host ID numbers on a token ring circuit 4 6 Host Number adjacent host parameter B 51 IPX interface parameter B 25 Immediate Update IPX SAP circuit parameter B 46 information broadcast RIP 6 39 interface parameters editing B 22 Internet Data Packet IDP format 1 2 internetwork addressing 1 2 intranode addressing 1 2 IP starting 3 2 3 3 IP Address parameter IP configuration 3 3 IPX background information 1 17 IPX advanced global parameters descriptions B 22 editing B 22 IPX change circuit parameters B 40 IPX interface parameters editing B 22 IPX over WAN media 1 3 link configurations 5 14 IPX parameters accessing
263. pon termination for any reason Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software user manuals and all copies Bay Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reason of the termination of this license 8 Export and Re export Licensee agrees not to export directly or indirectly the Software or related technical data or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals Without limiting the foregoing Licensee on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates agrees that it will not without first obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U S Government i export re export transfer or divert any such Software or technical data or any direct product thereof to any country to which such exports or re exports are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations or to any national or resident of such restricted or embargoed countries or ii provide the Software or related technical data or information to any military end user or for any military end use including the design development or production of any chemical nuclear or biological weapons 9 General If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect This Agreement will be governed by the
264. ption Specifies the address of a destination network that you want to recieve NetBIOS broadc ast packets destined for the specified target server Legal values lt octet string length 4 fill left gt Default value none state Description Enables or disables the static route record in the NetBIOS routing table Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPX Interface Parameters IPX interface parameters determine how IPX behaves on individual router interfaces To configure an individual IPX interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 Table A 4 IPX Interface Parameters address Description Legal values Default value Specifies the address for this IPX interface lt octet string length 4 fill left gt none broadcast address Description Legal values Default value Specifies a broadcast address for this IPX interface lt octet string gt Ox circuit name Description Legal values Default value Specifies a symbolic name for the interface lt string gt cost Description Sets the cost number of ticks or hops for this interface Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 delay Description Specifies the length of time in microseconds required to transmit 1 byte of data excluding protocol headers to a destination on the other end of t
265. r Disable Deliver NetBIOS broadcasts Network C IPX0018A Figure 6 11 NetBIOS Broadcast Filtering Configuring an Adjacent Host for an Interface You can determine how the IPX router sends packets to a specific IPX host by configuring an IPX adjacent host You can configure the adjacent host only if you are not using RIP on a circuit Adjacent hosts typically use WAN media and do not require RIP 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Creating an Adjacent Host To create an adjacent host on an IPX interface you must specify at a minimum the host address of the adjacent host up to 12 hexadecimal characters Using the BCC To configure an adjacent host navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter adjacent host host address address address is the address in hexadecimal notation of the adjacent host For example the following command creates the adjacent host 000012345678 ipx 00023456 adjacent host host address 000012345678 Using Site Manager To create the adjacent host complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens
266. r Paramniciers secscciivon a sieszines idraserdiaassiatsiohveti uaa senans A 16 Table A 8 SAP Parameisrs ccscssssecisccsecsceisaassnavecss a E A A A 18 Table A 9 Server Name Filter Parameters cccccccccccccesceecsessesseaecseceseeeseeeseesees A 21 Table A 10 Server Network Filter Parameters cccccccccccecsesseceeceeeeeeeeeeeesesseeaees A 23 Table A 11 Static Route Parameters ccccccccsseeeeesteeeeeees dienes aT A 25 Table A 12 Static Service Parameters ccccccccccssessececeeececcsessessaecaeceeeeeseeeseesees A 26 Table D 1 Service Types and Identifiers 2 cc eens eseeeuseesenensenseenecaneneeeetanaene D 1 303531 A Rev 00 XV Preface This guide describes the Internetworking Packet Exchange IPX protocol and what you do to start and customize IPX services on a Bay Networks router You can use the Bay Command Console BCC or Site Manager to configure IPX on a router In this guide you will find instructions for using both the BCC and Site Manager Before You Begin Before using this guide you must complete the following procedures For a new router e Install the router see the installation guide that came with your router e Connect the router to the network and create a pilot configuration file see Quick Starting Routers Configuring BayStack Remote Access or Connecting ASN Routers to a Network Make sure that you are running the latest version of Bay Networks BayRS an
267. r Tables gt Net Filter None 0 to the number of filters of this type Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type Enter a decimal value that indicates this filter s priority relative to other filters of the same type for this interface Lower values indicate higher priorities The highest priority is 0 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 14 Mode Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter Outbound Outbound Inbound Both Specifies whether you want to apply the filter to inbound packets outbound packets or both Specify Inbound if you want to apply the filter to SAP packets coming into this interface Specify Both if you want to filter both inbound and outbound packets 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 9 303531 A Rev 00 B 79 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Protocol Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Net Filter Any Any Local Static SAP Applies this outbound filter only to services learned on the specified protocol when sending SAP updates This does not apply to inbound services Specify the protocol on which you want to apply the filter 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 30 1 11 Action Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Stati
268. r a WAN broadcast address to send all broadcast traffic through the IPX interface you are configuring With the default value the IPX router sends all broadcast traffic through all logical connections associated with the IPX interface you are configuring Broadcast traffic includes RIP and SAP broadcasts Note that Site Manager does not display the default value Ox FFFFFFFFFFFF 303531 A Rev 00 6 29 Configuring IPX Services Using the BCC To specify a WAN broadcast address for an interface navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter broadcast address address address is a valid WAN broadcast address in hexadecimal format For example to assign the WAN broadcast address 0x01203406 enter ipx 00023456 broadcast address 0x01203406 Using Site Manager To specify a WAN broadcast address for an interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the FR Broadcast hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 28 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying a Multicast Address You can specify a WAN multicast address for an IPX interface The default v
269. rants to Licensee that the media on which the Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days from the date Software is first shipped to Licensee Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is returned to Bay Networks during the warranty period along with proof of the date of shipment This warranty does not apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident misuse or abuse The Licensee assumes all responsibility for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee s intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the Software Bay Networks does not warrant a that the functions contained in the software will meet the Licensee s requirements b that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee may select c that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free or d that all defects in the operation of the Software will be corrected Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot be reproduced with the latest Software release These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been i altered except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions ii used in conjunction with another vendor s product resulting in the defect or iii damaged by improper environment abuse misuse accident or negligence THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMI
270. ration Manager window To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network when you want to use multiple host addressing complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Host Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 25 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 5 6 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN Media Disabling and Reenabling IPXWAN for an Interface To run the IPX WAN protocol over a WAN you must enable IPXWAN on the IPX interface see Chapter 2 or Chapter 3 Enabling IPXWAN provides a common link negotiation method and a standard means for tick based routing for WAN media When you first configure IPXWAN on an interface the router automatically enables IPX WAN You can disable and reenable IPX WAN Using the BCC To disable IPX WAN navigate to the ipxwan prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter state disabled To enable ipxwan navigate to the ipxwan prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter state enabled Using Site Manager To enable or disable IPX WAN complete the following tasks Site Manager
271. ring the local and remote PPP interface e IPXWAN Specify a unique router name and PNN in the IPX Global Parameters window when configuring the local routers You must enable IPX WAN on the interface To enable IPX WAN see To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network when you want to use multiple host addressing complete the following tasks on page 5 6 Configuration 2 IPXWAN on Both Interfaces In this configuration IPX WAN exclusively negotiates an IPX network number for the link If IPXWAN negotiates successfully the IPX interface becomes active If IPXWAN negotiation fails the IPX interface cannot become active Configuration Guidelines Configuration 2 e IPXCP No configuration requirements e IPXWAN Specify a unique router name and PNN in the IPX Global Parameters window when configuring the local and remote routers You must enable IPX WAN on the interface To enable IPX WAN see To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network when you want to use multiple host addressing complete the following tasks on page 5 6 You must also enter a unique common network number for the IPX interface you just configured the common network number can be 0 when Unnumbered RIP is configured on both interfaces 303531 A Rev 00 5 15 Configuring IPX Services Configuration 3 IPXCP on Both Interfaces In this configuration IPXCP exclusively negotiates an IPX network number for the link e If IPX
272. rom the router to any destination network regardless of cost 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 5 Log Filter Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Trace None Debug Info Trace Debug Info Debug Trace Info Trace Debug Info Trace Filters out the specified type of log message For example the default setting Trace filters out trace messages Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user Changing the value of this parameter produces significant global effects on memory allocation within the router and these changes can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a filtering mode that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 4 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Maximum Path Splits Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Enable Enable Disable If enabled IPX will do load balancing to a particular destination up to the number of paths specified using the Maximum Path parameter Accept the default Enable to do load balancing on the number of equal cost paths specified in the Maximum Path parameter If you disable th
273. rrrr rer eee PE A 6 Stalle NetBIOS Route Para metais sorient mna EE RA ARE NS N A 9 IPX iterace Pee oosina aea aiei aN aaae A 10 IPX Rdacent Hosil FaraimelorS csscsioiondndaaa aia a A 13 FUP Re Wea ee aau and steeds eee orth RSE ee A 14 Route Filter Parameters EON ere P PER ET E A 16 GAF PAR SIMGIGNS rerien E E A 18 Server Name Filter FAKING LOS sini secdanualbsnnnashsvaarneaveau ausiiradauissliauniacsadniebenaoumaled A 21 Server Network Filter Parameters 006 iobagi Di ET seins mia ideation A 23 x 117369 B Rev 00 Statie Route PAP MTN nania E AANA N T A 25 Statie Service Parameters ossessioni enanada ano a an aaa ai aA aai A 26 Appendix B Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Config ration Parameters ict osu ssasianarscicinertensl siaaa aaa eiii B 2 IPXWAN Configuration Parameters PAA EET R PEE uau P ere B 7 IPA Gopal Paranieters aiina AAS pel E R B 9 IPX Advanced Global Parameters eosin nies isasi nian aiana aaa ais B 13 IPX Interlace Paramelei S ecca iaaa B 22 IPX Changa Gircuit Parameters enian N a B 30 IPX RIP Circuit Parameters RoT E P erpa E ET EE B 35 IPX SAP Circuit PARA GINS tecciciccciiedacecasceicccensaniadeshintdaiscuninay sacoeiinesake tanegectiaanindadecenare B 41 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Parameters cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaes B 46 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Parameters eis osii E aiene T rece B 48 Adjacent Host Configuration Para
274. rs represented in the service name field of an IPX SAP packet The service name field contains the 48 byte character string name that is assigned to a NetWare server The service name in combination with the service type uniquely identifies a service on the internetwork You can use a wildcard SAP filter configured using the service name field to restrict users view of services that reside on a group of servers that use a common naming convention 303531 A Rev 00 6 127 Configuring IPX Services The wildcard characters are e An asterisk matches any number of instances zero or more of the previous character e A period matches any single character For example an organization has 10 servers within its network each providing a variety of different services Five of the servers have names that begin with the letter p the other servers have names that start with a different character You could then define a single SAP filter pe that would filter all SAP information for all five servers whose server name begins with the letter p Similarly a SAP filter defined as psint would match the server names print point and paint but not the server name poing because the wildcard character matches only a single character in the same position in the string that makes up the server name 6 128 303531 A Rev 00 Table 6 1 Customizing IPX Using Pattern Matching with SAP Filters You can also filter SAP packets by
275. rvers IPX server ie Physical Logical interface interface r r i ATM Outgoing circuit Clients ee T 5 i 2 4 Ethernet Pieter i i circuit i i i 4 gt i Outgoing cells E Logical Physical interface interface IPX server e Source Transmit address IPX0022A Figure 4 3 Frames Sent from a Logical Interface Setting an IPX Host ID Number on a Token Ring Circuit In a configuration with IPX logical interfaces on a token ring circuit the data link layer address is a MAC layer address On Bay Networks routers you set the MAC layer address for the circuit and the host ID number for the IPX interface independently However the host ID number for every IPX logical interface on a given token ring circuit must be identical to the MAC address set for that circuit Otherwise the logical interface sends frames that contain an incorrect source MAC address or the interface listens for frames at the wrong MAC address 4 6 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for LAN Media Configuring a Multiple Host Router A multiple host router is a common configuration that supports one IPX interface per circuit each interface has a unique IPX host number For this configuration For this configuration you must enable multiple host addressing this is the default setting When you enable multiple host addressing an IPX interface can use either of the following as a host
276. rvice name to Hoboken enter ipx 00023456 server name filter name Hoboken By default when you activate the service name filters the router enables the filter feature To disable the service name filters feature navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter state disabled To reenable the service name filters navigate to the service name filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server name filter 00023456 myname and enter state enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 135 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To activate the service name filters feature complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens Choose Name Filter The IPX Service Name Filters window opens Set the Enable parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 84 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Specifying the Target Server Name Enter the name of the server to which you are applying the server level SAP filter or enter a filter containing a wildcard or a pattern regular expression t
277. rvice to advertise from the associated IPX LAN interface lt octet string length 2 fill left gt none 303531 A Rev 00 A 27 Appendix B Site Manager IPX Parameters This appendix explains all IPX parameters and how to use them to create and customize an IPX interface Topic Page IPX Configuration Parameters B 2 IPXWAN Configuration Parameters B 7 IPX Global Parameters B 9 IPX Advanced Global Parameters B 13 IPX Interface Parameters B 22 IPX Change Circuit Parameters B 30 IPX RIP Circuit Parameters B 35 IPX SAP Circuit Parameters B 41 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Configuration Parameters B 4 IPX NetBIOS Static Route Parameters B 48 Adjacent Host Configuration Parameters B 50 IPX Adjacent Hosts Parameters B 53 IPX Static Route Configuration Parameters B 56 IPX Static Route Parameter Descriptions B 59 IPX Static Service Configuration Parameters B 61 IPX Static Service Parameters B 64 Route Filter Configuration Parameters B 67 IPX Route Filter Parameters B 74 Service Network Filter Configuration Parameters B 74 IPX Service Network Filter Parameters B 77 303531 A Rev 00 B 1 Configuring IPX Services IPX Configuration Parameters Topic Page IPX Service Name Filter Configuration Parameters B 82 IPX Service Name Filter Parameters B 84 The IPX configuration parameters
278. rvices table already contains information about a specific service the router refreshes the age timer for that entry If the SAP services table does not contain information about the service and a route exists to the service the router adds a new entry to the services table and advertises the new service to all connected networks except the one on which it was received Clients use SAP to request information about network services Client information requests are nearest service queries which seek information about the closest service of a specified type Every IPX server and IPX router on the internetwork learns about all other IPX servers and services through the propagation of bindery information or services table information By default each SAP packet can contain up to seven service advertising updates This number is configurable but is constrained by the MTU of the outbound interface Disabling and Reenabling SAP When you first configure SAP on an interface it is automatically enabled You can disable or reenable SAP Using the BCC To disable SAP navigate to the IPX SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter state disabled To enable SAP navigate to the IPX SAP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter state enabled For example to disable SAP on IPX interface 0x00023456 enter sap 00023456 state disabled 303531 A Rev 00
279. s MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Service Type hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv gt Add None Any valid Novell server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format The number must be a value between 0x0001 and OxFFFE inclusive Specifies the type of service to advertise from the associated IPX LAN interface for example 0x0004 for file server 0x0007 for printer server Enter the server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Include leading Zeros 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 6 Target Network hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv gt Add None Any valid IPX network address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the network address of this service Enter a network address of up to 8 hexadecimal characters The path to the network you specify for this service must exist as an entry in the IPX routing table The entry can be learned dynamically by the router or you can configure the entry as a static route 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 7 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters Parameter Host Number hex Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv gt Add Default None Options The address host ID of the service Function Specifies the address of a remote IPX host a Ne
280. s You return to the Configuration Manager window Adjusting the RIP Packet Size By default the size of a RIP update packet is 432 bytes You should leave the RIP packet size at the default value unless you have a reason for specifying a different packet size If you must change the packet size the packet size plus the IPX header 30 bytes cannot exceed the MTU of the link Using the BCC To specify the the RIP update packet size navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter packet size bytes bytes is the size of the RIP packet in bytes For example to set the IPX RIP update packet size to 500 enter rip 00023456 packet size 500 6 46 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the the RIP update packet size complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Packet Size parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 38 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Enabling Multicast Transmission of RIP Packets By default the IPX router broadcasts RIP packets You can choose to
281. s These filters prevent IPX watchdog packets SPX keepalive packets and IPX serialization packets from initiating calls or resetting the inactivity timer on IPX demand circuits Enabling or disabling dial optimized routing on an IPX circuit affects the amount of time that RIP SAP waits before sending out initial route information when the dial on demand route first becomes enabled and the frequency of RIP SAP updates Enabling or disabling dial optimized routing on an IPX circuit changes the default values of the RIP and SAP delay periods to 120 seconds and the value of the RIP and SAP update intervals to 3600 seconds If you enable dial optimized routing after configuring IPX on a circuit you reset the Stabilization Timer Delay to 120 seconds and reset the RIP SAP Update Interval to 3600 seconds If you disable dial optimized routing reset the RIP SAP delay period and RIP SAP update interval to the default values Using the BCC To set the maximum number of paths you must configure e RIP SAP delay period e Update interval for RIP and or SAP To set the RIP SAP delay period to the default value of 120 seconds navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter ipx 00023456 stabilization timer 120 To change the RIP update interval period to 3600 seconds navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter rip 00023456 update interval 3600
282. s for the interface Specify that the global MAC address be used for the host ID disabling multiple host addressing 5 4 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for WAN Media Using the BCC To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network if you plan to use multiple host addressing navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ipxwan 00023456 and enter host address number number is a valid host address in hexadecimal format For example the following command assigns the host address 0x0987 to the IPX interface ipxwan 00055555 host address 0x0987 If you do not plan to use multiple host addressing and want to use the global MAC address as the host number navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ipx and enter multiple host disabled For example ipx multiple host disabled 303531 A Rev 00 5 5 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To establish an IPX connection over an ATM network you can disable multiple host addressing by Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The IPX Edit Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter to Disable Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions on page B 11 5 Click on OK You return to the Configu
283. s forces the dial up connection to remain up permanently unless you configure a time of day to bring the connection down When you configure dial on demand circuits you should disable broadcast messages The router then uses static routes to determine the location of the destination network 303531 A Rev 00 6 103 Configuring IPX Services Tips for Using Dial on Demand with IPX To optimize dial on demand with IPX e Turn off triggered updates e Set the periodic update interval to a large value the line will be called only infrequently e Use service filtering route filtering or both e Use static routes and static services e Use the default route e Enable local watchdog acknowledgment spoofing e Use traffic filters and protocol prioritization to prohibit routing updates and protocol specific messages from keeping the circuit up unnecessarily see Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol Prioritization for details Enabling Local IPX Watchdog Acknowledgment In a NetWare network NetWare servers broadcast watchdog packets to verify that client nodes are still connected to the server Watchdog packets are another type of data packet To maintain the connection the client must respond to this watchdog message essentially responding to a poll With a dial up connection this polling mechanism can mean dialing the phone line just to keep the server from bringing down the connection In addition t
284. s on both the local router and remote router 1 must agree on a unique network number When you initially configure an IPXCP interface you assign an IPX network number to that interface The routers select the higher of the two IPX network numbers For instructions on configuring the IPX network number for an IPXCP interface See Configuring PPP Services Note For PPP communication between a Bay Networks IPX Router running Version 7or later and a Bay Networks Version 5 IPX router or any other vendor s router that does not support IPXCP negotiations you must manually configure the network number of the IPX interface on both routers IPXWAN Link Negotiation The local router and remote router 2 are both configured for IPXWAN When you initially configure an IPXWAN interface you assign a primary network number PNN to the router The router with the highest PNN becomes the server during IPXWAN negotiations on that WAN link In Figure 5 1 the local router PNN 00000012 is the server and remote router 2 PNN 00000007 is the client During the IPXWAN negotiations both routers negotiate their link options If successful the CNN configured for the interface on the server becomes the IPX network number for the WAN link After the IPXWAN negotiations are successful on the WAN link each router can advertise information in its routing forwarding tables 303531 A Rev 00 5 13 Configuring IPX Services IPXWAN and IPXCP Link Configur
285. s this request to locate a file server Refer to the book Novell s Guide to NetWare LAN Analysis by Laura Chappell and Dan E Hawkes for more information on this mechanism Router decisions If the server resides on the same network as the client the server receives the request and responds The local router does not respond because its services table indicates that the service is available on the client s network In this case client router communications stop until the client sends the next get_nearest_service SAP request If the server does not reside on the same network the router responds because its services table indicates that the service is not available on the client s network The SAP response sent by the router contains the server name the internal address if applicable the service type the socket number and the intervening network count of the nearest device offering the service If the server does not reside on the same network and multiple servers of the same service type are available the router picks the server that is the fewest ticks away If two servers are the same number of ticks away then the router chooses the server that is the lowest number of hops away If two servers are the same number of ticks and hops away then the router chooses based on the alphanumeric order of the server names listed in the services table Client s RIP request The client then broadcasts a RIP request packet to the loc
286. s to routers in neighboring networks 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 6 B 36 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Pace Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP 18 0 to 1000 Specifies the maximum pace in packets per second at which RIP packets can be sent on this circuit A value of 0 means that there is no limit on the pace Accept the default or specify an integer value up to 1000 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 7 Update Interval sec Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP 60 0 to 2678400 Adjusts the frequency of RIP update packet transmissions in seconds for this circuit The higher the number you enter the less frequent the transmissions If you enter 0 no periodic RIP updates are sent out over the IPX interface to the router However RIP immediate one time update packets still propagate through the network in compliance with Novell standards 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 32 1 8 Age Multiplier Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt RIP 3 1 to6 Specifies the holding multiplier as the number of update intervals for information received in RIP periodic updates Acc
287. segments Note Although you can set configurable SAP timers on any Bay Networks router interface do not use them on LAN interfaces because IPX servers do not currently support configurable SAP broadcast timers As a result IPX servers will purge SAP entries after 180 seconds if they have not received any updates within this time interval Using the BCC To configure SAP timers you must configure the SAP update interval and age multiplier for information received in SAP periodic updates To specify a value for the SAP update interval navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter update interval seconds seconds is from 0 to 2 678 400 seconds For example to set the update interval to 10 000 seconds enter sap 00023456 update interval 10000 To specify an age multiplier navigate to the SAP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 sap 00023456 and enter age multiplier integer integer is from to 6 For example to set the age multiplier to 4 enter sap 00023456 age multiplier 4 303531 A Rev 00 6 59 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To configure SAP timers complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interface The IPX Interfaces window
288. sing Site Manager To specify whether a RIP interface advertises default routes in RIP packets complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Default Route Supply parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 40 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Accepting Default Route Information Customizing IPX By default when a router receives a RIP packet that advertises a default route the router does not store the default route in the routing table You can choose to store the adcertised default route in the routing table Using the BCC To specify that a RIP interface accepts the default route in RIP packets navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter default listen enabled To specify that a RIP interface not accept the default route in RIP packets navigate to the RIP prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter default listen disabled Using Site Manager To specify whether a RIP interface accepts the default route in RIP packets complete the following ta
289. sks Site Manager Procedure You do this 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols System responds The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Default Route Listen parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 40 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 55 Configuring IPX Services Customizing SAP Parameters NetWare network services use the Service Advertising Protocol SAP to inform clients of their presence NetWare services use the SAP identification broadcasting services to tell clients their name type and IPX address The IPX address in a broadcast identifies a server s location in terms of network host and socket NetWare Directory Services NDS and SAP Networks that implement NetWare 4 x use NetWare Directory Services NDS to advertise services NDS is a globally distributed network database that replaces the bindery used in NetWare versions earlier than 4 0 Workstations locate services by querying an NDS server NDS maintains information about all network resources users groups servers file volumes printers and so on in a hierarchical tree structure Network resources can be organized in the tree independent of their physical location Thus ne
290. ss address address is the host address in hexadecimal format For example to set the host ID to 0x09873452 enter ipx host address 0x000009873452 303531 A Rev 00 4 9 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To disable multiple host addressing complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The Edit IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Multiple Host Address Enable parameter to Disable Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 10 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window If you want to assign a host number for all interfaces on a single host router complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Set the Router Host Number hex parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 11 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX for LAN Media Token Ring MAC Address Selection For token ring circuits you can select t
291. st address of up to 12 hexadecimal characters The next hop host address is the MAC address of the next hop on the way to the destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 8 B 60 303531 A Rev 00 Site Manager IPX Parameters IPX Static Service Configuration Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Static Services Configuration window Figure B 15 IPX Static Services Configuration Cancel 0K Values Help Service Name printserv Service Type hex 0x1234 Target Network hex 0x09090909 Host Number hex fo gt lt 01010101010 010101010 5 Socket hex 0x0005 J Figure B 15 IPX Static Services Configuration Window Parameter Service Name Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Serv gt Add Default None Options Any valid Novell NetWare server name Function Assigns a symbolic name to the service you want to advertise Instructions Use the actual name of the server that the clients will attach to Make this name meaningful to the network administrator The name must be unique among all names assigned to IPX servers of the same type on the IPX internetwork See the documentation that came with your NetWare operating system for guidelines on specifying a server name MIB Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 5 303531 A Rev 00 B 61 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instruction
292. st becomes enabled Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 state Description Enables or disables IPX routing on this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled svcbroadcast Description Determines whether the router should establish frame relay SVCs for all adjacent hosts before sending RIP and SAP updates Legal values enabled disabled Default value disabled throughput Description Specifies the amount of time in bits per second that flow through an IPX circuit that is free of other traffic Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 watchdog spoofing Description Legal values Default value Specifies whether a router can respond locally to broadcast IPX watchdog packets on behalf of clients that use dial in connections enabled disabled disabled 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Static NetBIOS Route Parameters IPX static NetBIOS route parameters establish a NetBIOS static route To configure a static NEtBIOS route navigate to the static NetBIOS route prompt for example box ipx static netbios route route6 00042567 Table A 3 Static NetBIOS Route Parameters name Description Specifies the name of a NetBIOS target server which consists of a string of up to 16 alphanumeric characters which can include wildcards and pattern matching characters Legal values lt string 1 16 gt Default value none network Descri
293. st path to host 3 The Bay Networks IPX router host 2 sends a RIP response to client A that includes the server s internal network address and the intervening hop and tick count from host 3 to client A Client A sends an NCP request packet to the Bay Networks IPX router host 2 The router then forwards the packet to host 3 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Print server _ Host 1 LANA IPX router Host 2 IPX router File server Host 5 Host 3 Host server Host 4 IPX0020A Figure 1 5 Sample IPX Network 1 16 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts For More Information About IPX The following documents provide technical details about IPX protocol implementation RFC 1634 Novell IPX over Various WAN Media IPXWAN Supersedes RFC 1551 and RFC 1362 RFC 1552 The PPP Internetwork Packet Exchange Control Protocol IPXCP Novell Inc Advanced NetWare V 2 0 Internet Packet Exchange Protocol IPX with Asynchronous Event Scheduler March 19 1986 Novell Inc IPX Router Specification October 1993 Chappell L and D E Hawkes Novell s Guide to NetWare LAN Analysis Novell Press Sybex 1994 303531 A Rev 00 Chapter 2 Starting IPX Servic
294. static service parameters navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 Table A 12 Static Service Parameters hops Description Legal values Default value Specifies the number of subsequent router hops required from this router to reach a specific remote Novell server or service lt unsigned integer gt 1 host address Description Specifies the address of a remote IPX host a NetWare server that can provide local clients with specific NetWare services such as file print gateway or terminal server services Legal values lt octet string gt Default value Ox name Description Assigns a symbolic name to the service you want to advertise Legal values lt string 2 47 gt Default value none network Description Specifies the network address in hexadecimal notation of this service Legal values lt octet string gt Default value none continued A 26 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Table A 12 Static Service Parameters continued socket Description Specifies the socket address of this service Legal values lt octet string gt Default value 0 state Description Enables or disables a static service previously added to a specific IPX interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled type Description Legal values Default value Specifies the type of se
295. structions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Next Hop Host hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route gt Add None Any valid host address in hexadecimal notation Specifies the address of the next hop host in the static routing path Enter a host address of up to 12 hexadecimal characters The next hop host address is the MAC address of the next hop on the way to the destination 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 8 Hop Count Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route gt Add 0 0 to the value of the Maximum Hops parameter minus 1 The IPX router uses the hop count when determining the best route for a datagram to follow The hop count is also propagated through RIP The default setting of 0 for static routes means use the hop count associated with the interface Accept the default 0 or enter a value from 1 to one less than the maximum number of hops 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 19 1 7 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Ticks Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Static Route gt Add 0 0 to maximum positive integer Specifies the number of 1 18th second timer ticks required for an IPX dat
296. t IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP 18 0 to 1000 Specifies the maximum pace in packets per second at which SAP packets can be sent on this circuit A value of 0 means that there is no limit on the pace Accept the default or specify an integer value up to 1000 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 7 B 42 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Update Interval sec Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP 60 0 to 2678400 Adjusts the frequency in seconds of SAP update packet transmissions for this circuit The higher the number you enter the less frequent the transmissions If you enter 0 no periodic updates are sent out over the IPX interface to the router However SAP immediate one time updates still propagate through the network in compliance with Novell standards 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 33 1 8 Age Multiplier Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces gt SAP 3 1 to6 Specifies the holding multiplier in update interval increments for information received in SAP periodic updates Accept the default value or specify a value from 1 to 6 Increasing this value can cause routes to take longer to age out Decreasing it can cause the router to age routes prematurely if routing updates are missed Th
297. t IPX Global Parameters window opens 4 Click on Advanced The Edit IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens 5 Set the Service Count parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 17 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 9 Configuring IPX Services Specifying the Aging Time for RIP and SAP Information You can specify the number of seconds for aging RIP and SAP information IPX checks whether any routes have timed out every n seconds where n is the interval that this parameter specifies By default IPX checks for timed out routes every 10 seconds You can change this setting to a value from 1 to the maximum positive integer seconds Note Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are qualified as an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router Using the BCC To set the interval for aging RIP and SAP information navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter aging frequency integer integer is the number of seconds from 1 to the maximum positive integer For example the following command sets the interval for aging RIP and
298. t parameter B 38 IPX SAP circuit parameter B 44 pattern matching concatenation rules and operators 6 131 SAP filters 6 123 6 129 periodic RIP advertisement interval 6 43 6 58 303531 A Rev 00 Permanent Virtual Circuit PVC 5 3 physical LAN 4 2 ping 1 13 ping capability 1 5 PNN primary network number 5 6 PPP point to point protocol 5 2 5 3 precedence priority multipath routing 1 10 Primary Net Number IPX global parameter B 22 primary network number PNN 5 6 product support xxii publications Bay Networks xxi purging RIP entries 6 43 PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit 5 3 R regular expression RE 6 129 request packet RIP 6 38 response packet RIP 6 38 RFC IPX source documents 1 17 RFC 1552 1 17 5 2 RFC 1634 1 17 5 2 RIF Routing Information Field 6 27 RIP 1 5 6 38 adding to an interface 3 4 deleting from an interface 3 5 starting 3 4 RIP Routing Information Protocol 1 3 maximum timer ticks 6 17 update packet transmissions frequency 6 109 RIP broadcast timers configuring 6 109 RIP information broadcast 6 39 RIP request packet 6 38 RIP response packet 6 38 303531 A Rev 00 RIP timers configurable 6 43 route filter configuration parameters editing B 67 route filters adding B 67 deleting B 74 dropping all routes 6 119 parameter descriptions B 69 router multiple host 1 12 4 7 single host 1 12 4 9 Router Host Number IPX global p
299. t the clients and servers on the same logical network use and is appropriate for the physical circuit you are configuring e Ethernet circuits support Ethernet LSAP Novell and SNAP frames e Token ring circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames e Synchronous circuits V 35 RS 232 V 24 RS 422 423 X 21 T1 E1 support SNAP PPP and X 25 Point to Point Ethernet frames e FDDI circuits support LSAP and SNAP frames e HSSI circuits support PPP and SNAP frames e ISDN circuits support PPP frames Using the BCC To specify the encapsulation method navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter encapsulation method method is one of the following Isap ethernet novell snap Ppp For example the following command sets the encapsulation type to LSAP ipx 00023456 encapsulation Isap 303531 A Rev 00 6 25 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the encapsulation method complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Configured Encaps parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 4 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window Enabling Source Ro
300. t whose destination address is unknown even if a default route exists By default the router uses default routing Using the BCC To disable the use of the default route navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter default route disabled To reenable the use of the default route navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx and enter default route enabled 303531 A Rev 00 6 13 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To globally enable or disable the use of the default route for IPX routing complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Global The IPX Global Parameters window opens Click on Advanced The IPX Advanced Global Parameters window opens Set the Default Route parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 19 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Selecting the GNS Response Mode You can specify which server the router chooses when responding to a get_nearest_server GNS request By default when a server responds to a get_nearest_server request the router sorts through all server names alphabetically You can either accept the default method or specify that the router select the last s
301. tWare server that can provide local clients with specific NetWare services such as file print gateway or terminal server services Instructions Enter a string of up to 12 hexadecimal characters 6 bytes as the address host MIB Object ID ID of the remote IPX host server For example most NetWare server host IDs are usually Ox000000000001 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 8 Parameter Socket hex Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Add Default None Options Any valid socket address from 0x0001 to OxFFFE Function Specifies the socket address of this service Instructions Enter any valid socket address consisting of up to 4 hexadecimal characters for MIB Object ID example 0x0451 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 23 1 9 Note See Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers for a list of common service types 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services IPX Static Service Parameters This section describes all parameters shown in the IPX Static Services window Figure B 16 Note The Configuration Manager does not let you change the Service Name or Type parameters you set when you add a static service To establish new values for these parameters for a particular static service you must delete that service and configure a new service You can however reconfigure all other parameters associated with a static service IPX Static Services A lt
302. tatic service name symbolic_name type lt Novell_type gt symbolic_name is the symbolic name of the service you want to advertise Novell_type is the Novell service type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format including leading zeros For example to add a static route with the name printer and the Novell type 0987 ipx 00023456 static service name printer type 0987 Using Site Manager To add a static service complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Click on Static Filter Tables The IPX Static Interface Tables Configuration window opens 4 Click on Static Serv The IPX Static Services window opens 5 Click on Add The 303531 A Rev 00 6 75 Configuring IPX Services Site Manager Procedure continued You do this System responds 6 Set the following parameters Service Name Service Type hex Target network hex Host Address hex Socket hex Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 61 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Enabling Static Services You enable a static service to restore client access to NetWare services configured earlier on the IPX interface Disable a static service to make NetWare services configured earlier unavailable to
303. tch the filter criteria IPX route filters use the network number field in the IPX RIP packet Network filtering is based on a two part definition filter ID and a corresponding mask A route filter can be inbound outbound or both You can define filters by network address or by a range of network addresses 6 118 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX The filter ID and the mask definition work together to determine which addresses are filtered on the interface The character F in the mask definition requires an exact match with the corresponding character in the filter ID The mask character O zero matches any hexadecimal character You can combine the F and 0 characters in any order in the mask to filter any combination of network and or area addressing schemes used within the IPX internetwork For example suppose you want to filter the range of network addresses from ABCD1200 to ABCD12FF To do this you would define e A filter ID of ABCD12FF e A mask of FFFFFFOO In this example the filter ID says This is the pattern to match The mask says The first six characters of the address must match the filter ID but the last two characters are irrelevant The IPX Route Filters window displays each route filter entry in the router configuration as follows lt rule_number gt lt priority gt lt circuit_index gt lt filter_ID gt lt filter_mask gt Once you have configured route filters you can easily dro
304. te Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the following parameters NetBIOS Accept NetBIOS Deliver Click on Help or see the parameter descriptions beginning on page B 27 5 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Note The description that follows assumes that the NetBIOS destination name found in the packet does not match an entry in the NetBIOS static routing table 303531 A Rev 00 6 89 Configuring IPX Services When you enable an IPX interface to accept NetBIOS broadcasts the IPX router accepts NetBIOS broadcast packets received on that interface For example in Figure 6 9 the IPX router accepts NetBIOS broadcast packets received only on interfaces 1 and 2 Interface 1 The Interface 2 accept enabled IPX router accept enabled deliver enabled LS deliver disabled s lll Interface 3 Interface 4 accept disabled Accept disabled deliver enabled Oe deliver disabled IPXOO16A Figure 6 9 NetBIOS Packet Filtering When you enable an IPX interface to accept NetBIOS broadcasts the IPX router delivers NetBIOS broadcast packets that are routed to that interface For example
305. teger is 0 to one less than the number of maximum hops for hop based routing or 0 to the maximum positive integer for tick based routing For example to set the interface cost to 120 enter ipx 00023456 cost 120 Using Site Manager To specify the routing cost for an interface complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Cost parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 24 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 303531 A Rev 00 6 37 Configuring IPX Services Customizing RIP Parameters The Routing Information Protocol RIP enables workstations and routers to exchange route information and to establish the route to each network with the fewest hops and shortest delay Each IPX router maintains a route table The route table contains the following information about every network in the IPX network topology The network address The number of ticks units of delay time to that network A tick is equal to 1 18 asecond The number of ticks to a network is the tick cost for that route The number of hops to that network A hop is an adjacent router the number of hops is equal to the number of adjacent routers t
306. ter running IPX will respond to pings from NetWare servers but will not initiate pings to those servers Instead the router running IPX will use diagnostic packets to accomplish the ping function Using the IPX ping command the router attempts to communicate with another router running IPX a server or an IPX client and determines whether the destination node is functioning and reachable from the source node The pinging Bay Networks router sends an IPX diagnostic packet called a configuration request either the pinged router running IPX the server or the IPX client responds with a configure response packet See Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager for instructions on using the ping feature in IPX Role of Bay Networks Routers in a Client Server Connection This section describes how Bay Networks routers running IPX provide clients access to servers on an IPX internetwork e Router builds SAP and RIP tables The Bay Networks router builds its routing and services tables by listening to regularly scheduled SAP and RIP broadcasts from file servers The broadcasts include the services a server has to offer and routes to a server If regular SAP or RIP broadcasts from a file server stops the local router ages out the entry and removes it from its services or route table 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Client sends get_nearest_service get_nearest_directory_server SAP request A client send
307. ter at a low priority 303531 A Rev 00 6 133 Configuring IPX Services To configure filters of this type Using Site Manager open the IPX Service Network Filters window and for the Target Network hex and Target Network Mask hex parameters enter OxFFFFFFFF see page B 78 Then set the Action parameter to Suppress see page B 80 Add the filters you want by specifying higher priorities to advertise specific services Example For the target network enter the value 0x3081be86 for the target network mask enter the value OxFFFFFFFF and for the target service type enter the value 0x0004 and set the filter priority to 1 Configuring Service Name Filters The service name filters function lets you reduce network traffic by configuring service name filters Enabling an IPX Service Name Filter If you are configuring service name filters you must activate the service name filter for each interface By default the service name filter is active on an interface You can disable the service name filter if you do not want to use this feature 6 134 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using the BCC To enable the service name filters you must first configure a service name filter To configure a service name filter navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 and enter server name filter name name name is any valid alphanumeric server name For example to set the se
308. ter knows about two paths to a network and both paths have equal tick values the router chooses the path with the smallest number of hops If you select Hop and the best routes result in the same number of ticks the router makes its decision based only on hops Choose the method that results in the best routing performance Usually the best route is the one with e The lowest number of ticks for a packet to reach a node on the destination network e The lowest number of hops if multiple routes exist with equal numbers of ticks for a packet to reach a node on the destination network If routes exist with equal numbers of ticks and hops choose either method Bay Networks recommends using the default tick based method because tick based routing takes into account actual link delay in determining the best path between IPX networks Thus it provides a more accurate routing mechanism than hop count 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 3 303531 A Rev 00 Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Maximum Path Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 1 1 to 1 023 Specifies the maximum number of paths allowed for a given network destination and routing method Set this parameter to the highest number of paths from 1 to 1 023 that exist f
309. ter name navigate to the IPX WAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter router name 303531 A Rev 00 5 9 Configuring IPX Services Using Site Manager To specify the router name complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window choose Protocols The Protocols menu opens Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Enable IPXWAN The IPXWAN Configuration window opens Set the Router Name parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 7 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Indicating the Protocol Negotiated for an Interface When you specify an IPX WAN interface on a circuit you must indicate the protocol negotiated for this interface Using the BCC You can determine the negotiated protocol only when you configure IPXWAN services Once you supply the negotiated protocol you cannot change it To configure IPX WAN services see Starting IPXWAN Services on page 2 3 To determine the current negotiated protocol navigate to the IPX WAN prompt for example box serial 3 1 ppp ipxwan 00055555 and enter negotiated protocol 5 10 303531 A Rev 00 Using Site Manager Customizing IPX for WAN Media To specify the negotiated protocol complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure
310. terface navigate to the prompt for the physical interface and enter ipx address address address is a valid IPX address expressed in hexadecimal notation For example the following command configures IPX interface 0x2222 on an Ethernet physical interface on slot 2 connector 2 ethernet 2 2 ipx address 0x2222 ipx 00002222 2 2 303531 A Rev 00 Starting IPX Services Using the BCC An IPX interface is now configured on the Ethernet interface with default values for all interface parameters When you configure an IPX interface the BCC also configures IPX globally on the router with default values for all IPX global parameters You customize IPX by modifying IPX global and interface parameters as described in Chapter 6 Customizing IPX Starting IPXWAN Services To start IPXWAN on the router you must 1 Configure a WAN physical interface on an available slot connector 2 Configure a WAN protocol on the physical interface 3 Configure an IPX WAN interface over the WAN protocol Step 1 Configuring a Physical Interface To configure a physical interface on a slot and connector navigate to the top level box prompt and enter interface_type slot siot_number connector connector_number interface_type is the name of a link module on the router slot_number is the number of the slot on which the link module is located connector_number is the number of a connector on the link module For example the following c
311. tes matching this filter Legal values lt unsigned integer gt Default value 0 inbound Description Applies the filter to RIP packets coming into this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value disabled mask Description Specifies an 8 digit hexadecimal mask that you want to apply Legal values lt octet string length 4 fill left gt Default value none network Description Identifies the network on which you want to apply the filter Legal values lt octet string length 4 fill left gt Default value none outbound Description Applies the filter to RIP packets going out of this interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value disabled priority Description Legal values Default value Specifies the priority of this filter in relation to other filters of the same type lt unsigned integer gt 0 continued 303531 A Rev 00 Configuring IPX Services Table A 7 Route Filter Parameters continued protocol Description Legal values Default value Applies this filter only to routes learned on the specified protocol when sending RIP updates any local rip nisp static any state Description Legal values Default value SAP Parameters Enables or disables a route filter previously added to a specific IPX interface enabled disabled enabled IPX SAP circuit parameters determine the way SAP behaves on a particular circuit To configure SAP param
312. the higher you should set this value to allow the router enough time to assimilate incoming routes before it sends out an initial update on a circuit Using the BCC To specify the RIP SAP delay period navigate to the IPX interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 and enter stabilization timer seconds seconds is an integer from 0 to 2 147 483 647 seconds For example to set the RIP SAP delay period to 100 000 seconds enter ipx 00023456 stabilization timer 100000 Using Site Manager To specify the RIP SAP delay period complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Set the Stabilization Timer Delay secs parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 29 5 Click on Apply and Done You return to the Configuration Manager window 6 34 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Setting a Cost for an Interface You can set the cost number of ticks or hops for an interface The value you enter depends on whether you selected hops or ticks for the routing method By configuring an interface s cost you can select the route you want to use rather than letting the router select the route For example two routes go to the same destination
313. the router learns about a NetWare service by means of the SAP information you enter You can manually configure NetWare static services for each interface on a Bay Networks router When you configure static services on an interface you can then use SAP filters to eliminate SAP announcements The static service provides an alternative to broadcast SAP announcements across a WAN The static service eliminates WAN traffic and hence the use of WAN bandwidth associated with WAN SAP announcements Alternatively you can disable SAP entirely on an individual interface or disable SAP immediate update messages For network topologies that include slower speed WAN links reducing the amount of WAN bandwidth otherwise needed for SAP announcements can be helpful Setting the Update Interval and Disabling Immediate Updates To reduce traffic and disable immediate updates you must configure the SAP update interval and determine whether you want to use immediate SAP updates A service sends an immediate update when one of the following conditions occurs e A service first comes up e A service changes e A service is no longer available Figure 6 6 shows a sample network configured to use static SAP services If you want client 1 to have access only to file server 3 you configure file server 3 in the static SAP service table on router 2 s interface Then to suppress any SAP broadcasts from router and thus reduce bandwidth use you can either
314. tion supports one IPX interface per circuit each interface has a unique IPX host number For information about configuring multiple host routers see Configuring a Multiple Host Router on page 4 7 Single host router This standard configuration supports one IPX interface per circuit each interface shares the same global boxwide IPX host number For information about configuring a single host router see Configuring a Single Host Router on page 4 9 Multiple interfaces per circuit This configuration supports as many IPX interfaces per circuit as there are frame encapsulation types for the given circuit type For information about configuring multiple interfaces per circuit see Specifying Multiple Interfaces per Circuit on page 4 1 Multiple circuits per segment This configuration supports either concurrent bridging and IPX routing or IPX multiline 303531 A Rev 00 IPX Concepts IPX Ping Support The Bay Networks Site Manager supports the IPX ping feature which uses an IPX diagnostic packet to ping NetWare servers to determine the accessibility that is the status alive or not responding of the following e Aremote Bay Networks router e A Novell IPX server except as noted later e A Novell multiprotocol router e A NetWare client This feature can be particularly useful in troubleshooting large networks Note In conformance with the Novell specification a Bay Networks rou
315. tructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Target Service Name Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter None Any valid alphanumeric server name or one containing wildcard characters or a pattern matching regular expression See Using Wildcards with SAP Filters and Using Pattern Matching with SAP Filters for lists of these characters This is the filter that you want to apply It can specify the name of the server to which you are applying the server level SAP filter or it can be a filter containing a wildcard or a pattern regular expression to be matched Enter a service name or filter pattern consisting of up to 48 alphanumeric characters optionally including wildcards or a regular expression pattern 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1 6 Target Service Type hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Static Filter Tables gt Name Filter None Any valid Novell server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Specifies the type of server that the filter should recognize in its criteria for allowing certain SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment Enter the server type number in 4 digit hexadecimal format Include leading Os For all types enter a value of OxFFFF See Appendix A for a list of valid service types 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 31 1
316. ts received by this interface from another interface Select Enable if you want to enable outbound delivery of NetBIOS broadcast packets received internally Select Disable to drop NetBIOS broadcast packets received internally 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 61 303531 A Rev 00 B 27 Configuring IPX Services Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Parameter Path Default Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID FR Broadcast hex Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Interfaces OxFFFFFFFFFFFF not displayed Default value or a user specified WAN broadcast address Specifies a broadcast address for this IPX interface This parameter is available for any WAN protocol and any media type The default value OxFFFFFFFFFFFF causes the data link layer to issue a WAN broadcast packet on all active virtual circuits The value is not actually included in the MAC field of the packet on the WAN The packet instead contains a value that is appropriate for the type of data link protocol Leave blank to accept the default value or enter a WAN broadcast address to send all broadcast traffic through the IPX interface you are configuring With the default value the IPX router sends all broadcast traffic through all logical connections associated with the IPX interface you are configuring Broadcast traffic includes RIP and SAP broadcasts 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 17 1 28
317. turn off the SAP supply mode or disable SAP 303531 A Rev 00 6 71 Configuring IPX Services C File server 1 SAP filter set to Suppress R1 R2 _ 4 E E a File server 2 File Server 3 configured in static SERVICE table File na a server 3 IPX0012A Figure 6 6 Static Service Network Configuration Figure 6 7 shows another example in which a SAP filter is configured on router R1 prohibiting periodic SAP advertisements and triggered SAP updates from being propagated over the wide area link As a result the services resident on server A and server B are not visible to networks C and D However SAP services resident on servers A and B are manually entered into router R2 s service table This way these servers are visible to IPX end stations on networks C and D through periodic SAP advertisements which are broadcast over router R2 s LAN interfaces every 60 seconds in conformance with IPX specifications The key benefit in this example is that SAP overhead is eliminated over the WAN link 6 72 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX SAP entries pertaining to Servers A and B manually entered and broadcast over attached LAN interface Network A H Network C
318. twork users can access any network resource they have rights to without having to know the exact location of the resource With NDS users no longer need to log in or attach to specific servers Instead users can log in to the network and get access to all authorized network resources NDS is compatible with bindery based versions of NetWare through the bindery emulation feature of NDS The NDS server distributes the service information using direct unicast based protocols instead of using broadcast based SAP Therefore the use of SAP in an NDS network is greatly reduced Even in a network that includes only NetWare 4 0 servers however clients still use SAP to locate the nearest NDS server at startup SAP and the NetWare Bindery NetWare 3 x and Earlier Novell IPX routers running NetWare versions earlier than 4 0 maintain a database called a bindery The bindery includes information such as server type IPX address hop count the interface to the server a timer value for table entries and a list of clients If an entry in a bindery reaches its configured maximum age without being refreshed timer resets to 0 the router deletes the entry from that bindery 6 56 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Bay Networks routers implement a similar structure a global services table for these services Each time an IPX router receives a SAP packet it compares the packet s contents to the contents of its SAP services table If the SAP se
319. ult Options Function Instructions MIB Object ID Site Manager IPX Parameters Aging Pending Frequency Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced 100 1 to maximum number of routes and services Specifies the number of routes and services to age process before pending A higher number lets the aging process proceed more quickly Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an experienced IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are an experienced user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 24 Default Route Configuration Manager gt Protocols gt IPX gt Global gt Advanced Enable Enable Disable Globally enables or disables the use of the default route OxFFFFFFFE for IPX routing Enable Directs the router to use the default route if one exists in its routing table when it receives an IPX packet that does not contain a known IPX destination address within the IPX protocol header Disable Forces the router to drop a packet whose destination address is unknown even if a default route exists Select Enable to allow IPX default routing Select Disable to turn off default routing 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 5 5 16 1 25 303531 A Rev 00
320. uration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Delete IPX A confirmation window opens 4 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Note If you delete IPX the connectors for those interfaces on which IPX was the only protocol enabled are no longer highlighted in the Configuration Manager window Interfaces must be reconfigured for these connectors see Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager for instructions 303531 A Rev 00 6 147 Appendix A BCC IPX Parameters This appendix explains all the IPX parameters available using the BCC and how to use them if you want to customize an interface you have added to a router Topic Page IPX Global Parameters A 2 IPXWAN Parameters A 6 Static NetBIOS Route Parameters A 9 IPX Interface Parameters A 10 IPX Adjacent Host Parameters A 13 RIP Parameters A 14 Route Filter Parameters A 16 SAP Parameters A 18 Server Name Filter Parameters A 21 Server Network Filter Parameters A 23 Static Route Parameters A 25 Static Service Parameters A 2 303531 A Rev 00 A 1 Configuring IPX Services IPX Global Parameters The IPX global parameters determine the way IPX works on the router To configure IPX global parameters navigate to the global IPX prompt for example box ipx Table A 1 IPX Global Parameters
321. ut packets on a circuit By default RIP sends 18 packets per second on a circuit You can specify a RIP pace of 0 to 1000 packets per second If you enter a value of 0 there is no limit on the pace Using the BCC To specify the RIP pace navigate to the IPX RIP interface prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 rip 00023456 and enter pace packets_per_second packets_per_second is the number of packets from 0 to 1000 that RIP sends per second For example to set the IPX RIP interface pace to 20 packets per seconds enter rip 00023456 pace 20 6 42 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX Using Site Manager To specify the RIP pace complete the following tasks Site Manager Procedure You do this System responds 1 In the Configuration Manager window The Protocols menu opens choose Protocols 2 Choose IPX The IPX menu opens 3 Choose Interfaces The IPX Interfaces window opens 4 Choose RIP The IPX RIP Circuit window opens 5 Set the Pace parameter Click on Help or see the parameter description on page B 37 6 Click on OK You return to the Configuration Manager window Configuring RIP Timers You can extend the standard 60 second periodic IPX RIP advertisement interval By default the timeout time is three times the standard 60 second RIP advertisement update interval or 180 seconds Configuring RIP timers can reduce IPX RIP overhead and enhance band
322. utes The router can forward packets to the multiple next hop nodes concurrently by multiplexing frame transmissions over the multiple equal cost paths in a cyclic sequence This is referred to as IPX multipath or IPX load sharing Multipath Routing Multipath routing is a round robin or cyclic multiplexing mechanism When multiple least cost paths of equal tick delay and hop count exist between IPX source and destination networks standard RIP operation uses only one of these routes 303531 A Rev 00 1 7 Configuring IPX Services The multipath feature takes advantage of these multiple equal cost routes and distributes the packet load among them balancing the IPX traffic across these routes and maximizing internetwork performance When you enable multipath routing the IPX router diverts individual consecutive frames destined for the same target network to separate IPX interfaces and their associated physical circuits Figure 1 3 Router Next hop gt m l A IPX circuit io Outgoing sequential frames m Iw Se B IPX AEAEE REHE e gt circuit i f C IPX circui t K IPX0005A Figure 1 3 IPX Multipath Routing Because the IPX interfaces
323. utes learned on the specified protocol when sending RIP updates Legal values any local nlsp static sap Default value any state Description Enables or disables a server name filter previously added to a specific IPX interface Legal values enabled disabled Default value enabled type Description Legal values Default value Specifies the type of server using 4 digit hexadecimal Novell server types lt octet string gt Ox A 22 303531 A Rev 00 BCC IPX Parameters Server Network Filter Parameters Service network filter parameters determine which SAP broadcasts to pass to the locally attached network segment To configure server network filter parameters navigate to the server network filter prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 0x00023456 server network filter 00000999 00000888 00000065 Table A 10 Server Network Filter Parameters action Description Legal values Default value Specifies how to process any RIP advertisement that matches the route filter criteria you established advertise suppress advertise cost Description Legal values Default value Assigns a cost in ticks or hops for routes matching this filter lt unsigned integer gt 0 inbound Description Legal values Default value Applies the filter to RIP packets coming into this interface enabled disabled disabled mask Description Legal values De
324. uting for an Interface on a Token Ring Circuit Source routing enables routable traffic generated in a source route bridge environment to be routed to workstations on remote LANs over a multiprotocol backbone The Bay Networks router running IPX lets you configure source routing for token ring networks on each interface so that with each source route end station support enabled end stations that support both source route bridging and IPX can use source routing to traverse bridged networks In a source routing network every end station supplies each frame it sends out with route descriptors so that it can be source routed across the network Thus for a router running IPX to route packets across a source routing network the router must act like an end station supplying route descriptors within each packet before sending it onto the network All traffic is source route bridged within the local token ring environment Routable traffic intended for a destination on a LAN interconnected through a multiprotocol backbone is routed over the backbone by the Bay Networks node With end station support enabled the Bay Networks router running IPX does the following whenever it receives a packet and determines that the packet s next hop is across a source routing network 6 26 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX e Sends out a Single Route Explorer SRE frame to discover a path to the next hop network e Adds the necessary routing information f
325. vei Ges pies noioe TT T re ine C 7 BW I GADI caniae eai eee Rene ie C 8 show ipx SEP eae TINIE scutes sunsiesseaatirine Nauti lnceioacrabuvap tuuneaiuienundoestie ius danmrasims C 8 show ipx server network filters ere ere en Tre T crete rere errr re C 9 BiB SSP VICE ptccanion is enti armies ai iat EAA E ANAN C 10 show ip static PU YS MISS isc cstanai bdeccuses deans sachassnaducassionndununsaianushseseianestaassasehidadieas C 11 SHON DE SIAC TOUS oiea E lene aea C 12 e TE SSRIS aes steve E E E E A a en een aioae C 12 show ipx stats si aaa E PE EE aa be So mec cb ac T A N E tate C18 Appendix D Common Service Types and Identifiers Appendix E Sample IPX Configuration Coniguration Particulars cis ip tac cseedcaaecene leaenaaettdnedenetdomeeeaideecuddanmducntetie aia E 2 Fie Wasa ae asc ete A hh Dna Rot uted Sanh tthe ace E 2 RUGA aonn a E E 3 Index xii 117369 B Rev 00 Figures Figure 1 1 Frames Received at a Logical Interface 0 00 0 cccssstesseseseseesaseenesnes 1 6 Figure 1 2 Frames Issued from a Logical Interface c cesceceseeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteees 1 7 Figure 1 3 WPA Multipath GUT ccccccsscrcccrcsmsordccsassteccietnatrrateassmpcccuasareedeuacasteanamareess 1 8 Figure 1 4 IPX Multipath Routing Equal Least Cost Routes s 1 9 Figure 1 5 Sample IPX Network SORRI oiin T T T AT T sae 1 16 Figure 4 1 Multiple IPX Interfaces per Physical Circuit cccseeseseeceeeeeeeteeete
326. version for your hardware or software product Using Adobe Acrobat Reader you can open the manuals and release notes search for the sections you need and print them on most standard printers You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe Systems Web site www adobe com You can purchase Bay Networks documentation sets CDs and selected technical publications through the Bay Networks Collateral Catalog The catalog is located on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com catalog html and is divided into sections arranged alphabetically e The CD ROMs section lists available CDs e The Guides Books section lists books on technical topics e The Technical Manuals section lists available printed documentation sets 303531 A Rev 00 xxi Configuring IPX Services Make a note of the part numbers and prices of the items that you want to order Use the Marketing Collateral Catalog description link to place an order and to print the order form How to Get Help For product assistance support contracts or information about educational services go to the following URL http www baynetworks com corporate contacts Or telephone the Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center at 800 2LANWAN xxii 303531 A Rev 00 Chapter 1 IPX Concepts This chapter describes IPX concepts you need to know before you begin configuring an interface on a circuit Top
327. via Technician Interface B 9 IPX ping 1 5 IPX ping support 1 13 IPX route filter parameters descriptions B 69 303531 A Rev 00 IPX service name filter configuration parameter descriptions B 82 parameter descriptions B 84 IPX service network filter parameters descriptions B 77 IPX static service configuration parameter descriptions B 61 parameter descriptions B 64 IPX watchdog acknowledgment 6 104 IPX Watchdog Spoofing IPX interface parameter B 29 IPXCP 1 3 5 2 link configurations 5 14 link negotiation 5 13 sample configuration 5 12 using 5 2 IPXWAN 1 3 5 2 link configurations 5 14 link negotiation 5 13 sample configuration 5 12 using 5 2 IPXWAN connection negotiating 5 3 L LAN circuits 1 17 logical 4 2 physical 4 2 link delay WAN link 5 3 link negotiation 5 2 IPXCP 5 13 IPXWAN 5 13 load redistribution and rerouting 1 10 load sharing 1 5 1 7 1 10 Local IPX watchdog acknowledgment 6 104 Log Filter advanced global parameter B 15 logical LAN 4 2 logical network address 4 2 Index 3 Maximum Hops advanced global parameter B 16 Maximum Path advanced global parameter B 15 IPX advanced global parameter 6 15 Maximum Path Splits advanced global parameter B 16 Multicast Address IPX interface parameter B 28 multiline 1 12 multiline circuits 1 10 differences from multipath 1 11 multipath configurations 1 10 multipath routing 1 5 1 7 B
328. vice name and a service type you can assign a cost number of ticks or hops for this interface The cost is included in subsequent SAP packets sent to other interfaces IPX disposes of the packet when its hop count passes a value that is one less than the value of the maximum number of hops This value must be the same across the network If the filter is an inbound filter the entered cost replaces the cost associated with the server in the SAP advertisement and the router uses this cost in its calculations If this is an outbound filter the entered cost replaces the server s cost that is advertised in SAP packets by this router 6 144 303531 A Rev 00 Customizing IPX By default the cost is set to 1 A zero cost indicates that the route s actual cost should be used Note Do not change the default value of this parameter unless you are an expert IPX user for example a Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center engineer Changing the value of this parameter can significantly affect router performance If you are qualified as an expert user enter a value that yields a level of performance most appropriate for network applications supported by this router Using the BCC To assign a cost for a static service filter navigate to the IPX static service prompt for example box ethernet 2 1 ipx 00023456 static service 00023456 printer 0987 and enter cost integer integer is 1 to one less than the number of m
329. width availability Furthermore you can eliminate periodic RIP advertisements by setting the configurable RIP timer to 0 thus only RIP updates triggered by changes in the internetwork topology are propagated To ensure proper RIP operation all configurable RIP timers must be set at equal advertisement intervals on all router interfaces attached to common IPX network segments Note Although you can set configurable RIP timers on any Bay Networks router interface do not use them on LAN interfaces because IPX servers do not allow configuration of update timers with internal routers As a result IPX servers will by default purge RIP entries after 180 seconds if they have not received any updates within this 180 second period 303531 A Rev 00 6 43 Configuring IPX Services For example in Figure 6 3 if router R1 is configured to issue periodic RIP advertisements every 240 seconds over interface 1 and router R2 is configured to issue advertisements per the IPX standard every 60 seconds over interface 2 then router R2 will purge RIP entries learned through interface 2 every 180 seconds and reinstate them 60 seconds later when it receives a periodic RIP advertisement from router R1 More critically router R2 will issue triggered RIP updates through interface 3 propagating these unnecessary changes throughout the internetwork behind router R2 Setting the configurable RIP timers at 240 seconds on both interface 1 on router
330. y nodes compatible with IPX on the local data link Figure 4 2 illustrates this concept using a Bay Networks router that has two IPX logical interfaces each one configured on a different physical circuit Local clients servers IPX server S Physical se eee Logical interface Ky interface i Incoming frames ATM circuit Clients E ae ZJ E H Ethernet Rodier circuit i i i ee i i i Incoming x cells i L Logical Boas L Physical interface interface IPX server Destination Receive address IPX0021A Figure 4 2 Frames Received at a Logical Interface IPX compatible nodes on the same logical network and locally attached physical segment must use the host ID number of the IPX logical interface as a data link layer destination address through which any transmitted frames can ultimately reach their target client or server applications Because an IPX logical interface can receive and send data the host ID also identifies a source data link layer address from which the interface can send frames to nodes compatible with IPX anywhere else in the same IPX internetwork 303531 A Rev 00 4 5 Configuring IPX Services Figure 4 3 illustrates this concept using a Bay Networks router configured with two IPX logical interfaces each one on a different physical circuit type Local clients se
331. zon Conn PT mai PREN EEE O n 6 49 Folly Meshed NeDWOIKS aspirina naa R 6 50 Non Fully Meshed Networks scatiecadavrmctssisndiecsecelouceeecdnondmedaueidled cainuodesssusisueeh 6 50 Updating Routers About a New or Failed Route cccccccesesseeeeeeeeereeeeeeseeneees 6 53 Advertising Default Routes in RIP Packets sessin 6 54 Accepting Default Route Information PE EE tre ua PE aioe 6 55 Customizing SAP PANINI Ole secin oninia an EEEE EER 6 56 NetWare Directory Services NDS and SAP ssssssssssnnssnssrnsennnssnsrnnrnnsrrnrrsrnsrnnt 6 56 SAP and the NetWare Bindery NetWare 3 x and Earlier re sean en 8 56 Disabling and Reenabling SAP xicciis cis ceserteecns tes cvetet eared pier ave nel 6 57 CONNIE SAF TIMES cviss ctssickaatinsurianulnyriieno tiiichaaatiniargidadionadiakinae een ua nuns 6 58 Configuring a Default Route for SAP siscxtaiciscrcacescisepeiscscues iinan na 6 60 Enabling SAP Listen and Supply FUnGUONS sssssisisneiiusien iia 6 61 Determining the Pace of SAP Packets P ionan ee N rean 6 63 Adusung me SAP Packel DIZE nimiis ia a a a 6 64 viii 117369 B Rev 00 Responding to SAP GNS Requests Jicsiccisesanienissiiesiotntensiertaiae BOD Using a Multicast PERO S udkitsncnaackacxukeritarcuduceaiinaceesasnesuuensa aetiend soiubdeedsnsbeensenuus 6 66 Saving the Full Service Name in SAP Packets ccscecsseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 6 67 Transmitting and Receiving SAP Updat

Avaya Configuring IPX Services User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents